4👑☸ Cattāri Ariya-saccaṃ 四聖諦

4👑☸AN‍AN 9📇 → AN 9    🔝   

AN 9 has 10 vaggas, 432 suttas, 92 unique and remainder is repetition series


AN 9 – AN 9 all suttas
AN 9..1.. - AN 9 vagga 1 Sambodhi: Awakening
AN 9..2.. - AN 9 vagga 2 Sīhanāda: The Lion’s Roar
AN 9..3.. - AN 9 vagga 3 Sattāvāsa: Abodes of Sentient Beings
AN 9..4.. - AN 9 vagga 4 Mahā: The Great Chapter
AN 9..5.. - AN 9 vagga 5 Sāmañña: Similarity
AN 9..6.. - AN 9 vagga 6 Khema: A Safe Place
AN 9..7.. - AN 9 vagga 7 Satipaṭṭhāna: rememberfulness Meditation
AN 9..8.. - AN 9 vagga 8 Sammappadhāna: Right Efforts
AN 9..9.. - AN 9 vagga 9 Iddhipāda: Bases of Psychic Power
AN 9..10.. - AN 9 vagga 10 Rāgapeyyāla: Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed

detailed TOC

 AN 9 – AN 9 all suttas
AN 9..1.. - AN 9 vagga 1 Sambodhi: Awakening
    AN 9.1 - AN 9.1 Sambodhi: Awakening
    AN 9.2 - AN 9.2 Nissaya: Supported
    AN 9.3 - AN 9.3 Meghiya: With Meghiya
    AN 9.4 - AN 9.4 Nandaka: With Nandaka
    AN 9.5 - AN 9.5 Bala: Powers
    AN 9.6 - AN 9.6 Sevanā: Association
    AN 9.7 - AN 9.7 Sutavā: With Sutavā the Wanderer
    AN 9.8 - AN 9.8 Sajjha: With the Wanderer Sajjha
    AN 9.9 - AN 9.9 Puggala: Persons
    AN 9.10 - AN 9.10 Āhuneyya: Worthy of Offerings Dedicated to the Gods
AN 9..2.. - AN 9 vagga 2 Sīhanāda: The Lion’s Roar
    AN 9.11 - AN 9.11 Sīhanāda: Sāriputta’s Lion’s Roar
    AN 9.12 - AN 9.12 Saupādisesa: With Something Left Over
    AN 9.13 - AN 9.13 Koṭṭhika: With Koṭṭhita
    AN 9.14 - AN 9.14 Samiddhi: With Samiddhi
    AN 9.15 - AN 9.15 Gaṇḍa: The Simile of the Boil
    AN 9.16 - AN 9.16 Saññā: Perceptions
    AN 9.17 - AN 9.17 Kula: Families
    AN 9.18 - AN 9.18 Navaṅguposatha: The Sabbath with Nine Factors
    AN 9.19 - AN 9.19 Devatā: A Deity
    AN 9.20 - AN 9.20 Velāma: About Velāma
AN 9..3.. - AN 9 vagga 3 Sattāvāsa: Abodes of Sentient Beings
    AN 9.21 - AN 9.21 Tiṭhāna: In Three Particulars
    AN 9.22 - AN 9.22 Assakhaḷuṅka: A Wild Colt
    AN 9.23 - AN 9.23 Taṇhāmūlaka: Rooted in Craving
    AN 9.24 - AN 9.24 Sattāvāsa: Abodes of Sentient Beings
    AN 9.25 - AN 9.25 Paññā: Consolidated by Wisdom
    AN 9.26 - AN 9.26 Silāyūpa: The Simile of the Stone Pillar
    AN 9.27 - AN 9.27 Paṭhamavera: Dangers and Threats (1st)
    AN 9.28 - AN 9.28 Dutiyavera: Dangers and Threats (2nd)
    AN 9.29 - AN 9.29 Āghātavatthu: Grounds for Resentment
    AN 9.30 - AN 9.30 Āghātapaṭivinaya: Getting Rid of Resentment
    AN 9.31 - AN 9.31 Anupubbanirodha: Progressive Cessations
AN 9..4.. - AN 9 vagga 4 Mahā: The Great Chapter
    AN 9.32 - AN 9.32 Anupubbavihāra: Progressive Meditations
    AN 9.33 - AN 9.33 Anupubbavihārasamāpatti: The Nine Progressive Meditative Attainments
    AN 9.34 - AN 9.34 Nibbānasukha: nirvāṇa is pleasure
    AN 9.35 - AN 9.35 Gāvīupamā: The Simile of the Cow
    AN 9.36 - AN 9.36 Jhāna: Depending on jhāna
        AN 9.36.1 - (1st Jhāna)
            AN 9.36.1.1 - (doing vipassana while in four jhānas, can perceive rūpa physical body and realize Nirvana)
        AN 9.36.2 - (2nd Jhāna)
            AN 9.36.2.1 - (doing vipassana while in four jhānas, can perceive rūpa physical body and realize Nirvana)
        AN 9.36.3 - (3rd Jhāna)
            AN 9.36.3.1 - (doing vipassana while in four jhānas, can perceive rūpa physical body and realize Nirvana)
        AN 9.36.4 - (4th Jhāna)
            AN 9.36.4.1 - (doing vipassana while in four jhānas, can perceive rūpa physical body and realize Nirvana)
        AN 9.36.5 – (Ākāsā-nañc-āyatanam: dimension of infinite space)
            AN 9.36.5.1 - (doing vipassana while in formless perception attainments, can not perceive rūpa physical body, can realize Nirvana)
        AN 9.36.6 – (viññāṇa-ñc-āyatanam: dimension of infinite consciousness)
            AN 9.36.6.1 - (doing vipassana while in formless perception attainments, can not perceive rūpa physical body, can realize Nirvana)
        AN 9.36.7 – (ākiñcaññ-āyatanam: dimension of nothingness)
            AN 9.36.7.1 - (doing vipassana while in formless perception attainments, can not perceive rūpa physical body, can realize Nirvana)
        AN 9.36.8 - (8th and 9th attainments require ‘emerging’ from attainment before doing vipassana)
    AN 9.37 - AN 9.37 Ānanda: By Ānanda
        AN 9.37.1 – (This passage is same as famous MN 10 intro statement, SN 47.1: “...for purification of beings...”)
        AN 9.37.2 – (terminology for describing mind divorced from 5 senses/ayatana)
        AN 9.37.3 – (Is perception/sañña in this state? Yes.)
        AN 9.37.4 – (What can one perceive with mind divorced from body? 4 jhānas conspicuously missing!)
            AN 9.37.4.1 – (ākāsānañcā-(a)yatanaṃ: dimension of infinite space)
            AN 9.37.4.2 – (viññāṇañcā-(a)yatanaṃ: dimension of infinite consciousness)
            AN 9.37.4.3 – (ākiñcaññā-(a)yatanaṃ: dimension of nothingness)
            AN 9.37.4.4 - (na ca sa-saṅkhāra-niggayha-vārita-gato)
            AN 9.37.4.5 – (fruit of that samādhi is final knowledge i.e. nirvana)
    AN 9.38 - AN 9.38 Lokāyatika: Brahmin Cosmologists
    AN 9.39 - AN 9.39 Devāsurasaṅgāma: The War Between the Gods and the Demons
    AN 9.40 - AN 9.40 Nāga: The Simile of the Bull Elephant in the Forest
    AN 9.41 - AN 9.41 Tapussa: With the Householder Tapussa
AN 9..5.. - AN 9 vagga 5 Sāmañña: Similarity
    AN 9.42 - AN 9.42 Sambādha: Cramped
    AN 9.43 - AN 9.43 Kāyasakkhī: A Direct Witness
    AN 9.44 - AN 9.44 Paññāvimutta: Freed by Wisdom
    AN 9.45 - AN 9.45 Ubhatobhāgavimutta: Freed Both Ways
    AN 9.46 - AN 9.46 Sandiṭṭhikadhamma: In This Very Life
    AN 9.47 - AN 9.47 Sandiṭṭhikanibbāna: nirvāṇa Is Realizable In This Very Life
    AN 9.48 - AN 9.48 Nibbāna: nirvāṇa
    AN 9.49 - AN 9.49 Parinibbāna: Final nirvāṇa
    AN 9.50 - AN 9.50 Tadaṅganibbāna: nirvāṇa in a Certain Respect
    AN 9.51 - AN 9.51 Diṭṭhadhammanibbāna: nirvāṇa in the Present Life
AN 9..6.. - AN 9 vagga 6 Khema: A Safe Place
    AN 9.52 - AN 9.52 Khema: A Safe Place
    AN 9.53 - AN 9.53 Khemappatta: Reaching a Safe Place
    AN 9.54 - AN 9.54 Amata: The Deathless
    AN 9.55 - AN 9.55 Amatappatta: Reaching the Deathless
    AN 9.56 - AN 9.56 Abhaya: A Place Without Fear
    AN 9.57 - AN 9.57 Abhayappatta: Reaching a Place Without Fear
    AN 9.58 - AN 9.58 Passaddhi: pacification
    AN 9.59 - AN 9.59 Anupubbapassaddhi: Progressive pacification
    AN 9.60 - AN 9.60 Nirodha: Cessation
    AN 9.61 - AN 9.61 Anupubbanirodha: Progressive Cessation
    AN 9.62 - AN 9.62 Abhabba: Requirements for Perfection
AN 9..7.. - AN 9 vagga 7 Satipaṭṭhāna: rememberfulness Meditation
    AN 9.63 - AN 9.63 Sikkhādubbalya: Weaknesses in Training and rememberfulness Meditation
    AN 9.64 - AN 9.64 Nīvaraṇa: Hindrances
    AN 9.65 - AN 9.65 Kāmaguṇa: Kinds of Sensual Stimulation
    AN 9.66 - AN 9.66 Upādānakkhandha: Grasping Aggregates
    AN 9.67 - AN 9.67 Orambhāgiya: Lower Fetters
    AN 9.67 - AN 9.67 Orambhāgiya: Lower Fetters
    AN 9.68 - AN 9.68 Gati: Places of Rebirth
    AN 9.69 - AN 9.69 Macchariya: Stinginess
    AN 9.70 - AN 9.70 Uddhambhāgiya: Higher Fetters
    AN 9.71 - AN 9.71 Cetokhila: Emotional Barrenness
    AN 9.72 - AN 9.72 Cetasovinibandha: Emotional Shackles
AN 9..8.. - AN 9 vagga 8 Sammappadhāna: Right Efforts
    AN 9.73 - AN 9.73 Sikkha: Weaknesses in Training and Effort
    AN 9.74 – AN 9.74, 81. Hindrances, etc. 74–​81. Nīvaraṇasuttādi
    AN 9.82 - AN 9.82 Cetasovinibandha: Emotional Shackles
AN 9..9.. - AN 9 vagga 9 Iddhipāda: Bases of Psychic Power
    AN 9.83 - AN 9.83 Sikkha: Weaknesses in Training and the Bases of Psychic Power
    AN 9.92 - AN 9.92 Cetasovinibandha: Emotional Shackles
AN 9..10.. - AN 9 vagga 10 Rāgapeyyāla: Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed

9 – AN 9 all suttas

.
.
(cst4)
(derived from B. Sujato 2018/12)
Aṅguttara Nikāya 9
Numbered Discourses 9

9..1.. - AN 9 vagga 1 Sambodhi: Awakening

1. Sambodhivagga
1. Awakening

9.1 - AN 9.1 Sambodhi: Awakening

1. Sambodhisutta
1. Awakening
Evaṃ me sutaṃ—​
So I have heard.
ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.
At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi:
There the Buddha addressed the monks:
“Sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ puccheyyuṃ:
“monks, if wanderers who follow other paths were to ask:
‘sambodhipakkhikānaṃ, āvuso, dhammānaṃ kā upanisā bhāvanāyā’ti, evaṃ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ kinti byākareyyāthā”ti?
‘Reverends, what is the vital condition for the development of the awakening factors?’ How would you answer them?”
“Bhagavaṃmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā … pe … bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī”ti.
“Our Dharmas are rooted in the Buddha. …” The monks will listen and remember it.”
“Tena hi, bhikkhave, suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī”ti.
“Well then, monks, listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ.
“Yes, sir,” they replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said this:
“Sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ puccheyyuṃ:
“monks, if wanderers who follow other paths were to ask:
‘sambodhipakkhikānaṃ, āvuso, dhammānaṃ kā upanisā bhāvanāyā’ti, evaṃ puṭṭhā tumhe, bhikkhave, tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ evaṃ byākareyyātha:
‘Reverends, what is the vital condition for the development of the awakening factors?’ You should answer them:
‘Idhāvuso, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko.
‘It’s when a monk has good friends, companions, and associates.
Sambodhipakkhikānaṃ, āvuso, dhammānaṃ ayaṃ paṭhamā upanisā bhāvanāya. (1)
This is the first vital condition for the development of the awakening factors.
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu. (2)
Furthermore, a monk is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, and has appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
Sambodhipakkhikānaṃ, āvuso, dhammānaṃ ayaṃ dutiyā upanisā bhāvanāya.
This is the second vital condition for the development of the awakening factors.
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu yāyaṃ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṃ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṃsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī.
Furthermore, a monk gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, keeping your distance, arousing vigor, ethics, undistractible-lucidity, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom.
Sambodhipakkhikānaṃ, āvuso, dhammānaṃ ayaṃ tatiyā upanisā bhāvanāya. (3)
This is the third vital condition for the development of the awakening factors.
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.
Furthermore, a monk lives with vigor roused up for giving up unskillful Dharmas and gaining skillful Dharmas. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful Dharmas.
Sambodhipakkhikānaṃ, āvuso, dhammānaṃ ayaṃ catutthī upanisā bhāvanāya. (4)
This is the fourth vital condition for the development of the awakening factors.
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā.
Furthermore, a monk is wise. They have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering.
Sambodhipakkhikānaṃ, āvuso, dhammānaṃ ayaṃ pañcamī upanisā bhāvanāya’.
This is the fifth vital condition for the development of the awakening factors.’
Kalyāṇamittassetaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa—
A monk with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to
sīlavā bhavissati, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharissati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhissati sikkhāpadesu.
be ethical …
Kalyāṇamittassetaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa—
A monk with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to
yāyaṃ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṃ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṃsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhī.
take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart …
Kalyāṇamittassetaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa—
A monk with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to
āraddhavīriyo viharissati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.
live with vigor roused up …
Kalyāṇamittassetaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa—
A monk with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to
paññavā bhavissati udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. (5)
be wise …
Tena ca pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā imesu pañcasu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya cattāro dhammā uttari bhāvetabbā—
A monk grounded on these five things should develop four further things.
asubhā bhāvetabbā rāgassa pahānāya, mettā bhāvetabbā byāpādassa pahānāya, ānāpānassati bhāvetabbā vitakkupacchedāya, aniccasaññā bhāvetabbā asmimānasamugghātāya.
They should develop the perception of ugliness to give up greed, friendly-kindness to give up hate, rememberfulness of breathing to cut off thinking, and perception of impermanence to uproot the conceit ‘I am’.
Aniccasaññino, bhikkhave, anattasaññā saṇṭhāti.
When you perceive impermanence, the perception of not-self becomes stabilized.
Anattasaññī asmimānasamugghātaṃ pāpuṇāti diṭṭheva dhamme nibbānan”ti. (6–9.)
Perceiving not-self, you uproot the conceit ‘I am’ and attain nirvana in this very life.”

9.2 - AN 9.2 Nissaya: Supported

2. Nissayasutta
2. Supported
Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ … pe … ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
Then a monk went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“‘nissayasampanno nissayasampanno’ti, bhante, vuccati.
“Sir, they speak of being ‘supported’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhu nissayasampanno hotī”ti?
How is a monk who is supported defined?”
“Saddhañce, bhikkhu, bhikkhu nissāya akusalaṃ pajahati kusalaṃ bhāveti, pahīnamevassa taṃ akusalaṃ hoti.
“monk, if a monk supported by justifiable-trust gives up the unskillful and develops the skillful, the unskillful is actually given up by them.
Hiriñce, bhikkhu, bhikkhu nissāya … pe …
If a monk supported by shame …
ottappañce, bhikkhu, bhikkhu nissāya … pe …
If a monk supported by dread …
vīriyañce, bhikkhu, bhikkhu nissāya … pe …
If a monk supported by vigor …
paññañce, bhikkhu, bhikkhu nissāya akusalaṃ pajahati kusalaṃ bhāveti, pahīnamevassa taṃ akusalaṃ hoti.
If a monk supported by wisdom gives up the unskillful and develops the skillful, the unskillful is actually given up by them.
Taṃ hissa bhikkhuno akusalaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti suppahīnaṃ, yaṃsa ariyāya paññāya disvā pahīnaṃ.
What’s been given up is completely given up when it has been given up by seeing with noble wisdom.
Tena ca pana, bhikkhu, bhikkhunā imesu pañcasu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya cattāro upanissāya vihātabbā.
A monk grounded on these five things should rely on four things.
Katame cattāro?
What four?
Idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhu saṅkhāyekaṃ paṭisevati, saṅkhāyekaṃ adhivāseti, saṅkhāyekaṃ parivajjeti, saṅkhāyekaṃ vinodeti.
After reflection, a monk uses some things, endures some things, avoids some things, and gets rid of some things.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhu, bhikkhu nissayasampanno hotī”ti.
That’s how a monk is supported.”

9.3 - AN 9.3 Meghiya: With Meghiya

3. Meghiyasutta
3. With Meghiya
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā cālikāyaṃ viharati cālikāpabbate.
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā meghiyo bhagavato upaṭṭhāko hoti.
Now, at that time Venerable Meghiya was the Buddha’s attendant.
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Meghiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, stood to one side, and said to him:
“icchāmahaṃ, bhante, jantugāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisitun”ti.
“Sir, I’d like to enter Jantu village for alms.”
“Yassadāni tvaṃ, meghiya, kālaṃ maññasī”ti.
“Please, Meghiya, go when it’s convenient.”
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya jantugāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
Then Meghiya robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Jantu village for alms.
Jantugāme piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīraṃ tenupasaṅkami.
After the meal, on his return from alms-round in Jantu village, he went to the shore of Kimikālā river.
Addasā kho āyasmā meghiyo kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīre jaṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno ambavanaṃ pāsādikaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ.
As he was going for a walk along the shore of the river he saw a lovely and delightful mango grove.
Disvānassa etadahosi:
It occurred to him:
“pāsādikaṃ vatidaṃ ambavanaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ, alaṃ vatidaṃ kulaputtassa padhānatthikassa padhānāya.
“Oh, this mango grove is lovely and delightful! It’s truly good enough for meditation for a kinsman who wants to meditate.
Sace maṃ bhagavā anujāneyya, āgaccheyyāhaṃ imaṃ ambavanaṃ padhānāyā”ti.
If the Buddha allows me, I’ll come back to this mango grove to meditate.”
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Meghiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened. He then said:
“Idhāhaṃ, bhante, pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya jantugāmaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃ.
Jantugāme piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃ.
Addasaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, kimikāḷāya nadiyā tīre jaṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno ambavanaṃ pāsādikaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ.
Disvāna me etadahosi:
‘pāsādikaṃ vatidaṃ ambavanaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ.
Alaṃ vatidaṃ kulaputtassa padhānatthikassa padhānāya.
Sace maṃ bhagavā anujāneyya, āgaccheyyāhaṃ imaṃ ambavanaṃ padhānāyā’ti.
Sace maṃ bhagavā anujāneyya, gaccheyyāhaṃ taṃ ambavanaṃ padhānāyā”ti.
“If the Buddha allows me, I’ll go back to that mango grove to meditate.”
“Āgamehi tāva, meghiya. Ekakamhi tāva yāva aññopi koci bhikkhu āgacchatī”ti.
“We’re alone, Meghiya. Wait until another monk comes.”
Dutiyampi kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
For a second time Meghiya said to the Buddha:
“bhagavato, bhante, natthi kiñci uttari karaṇīyaṃ, natthi katassa paṭicayo.
“Sir, the Buddha has nothing more to do, and nothing that needs improvement.
Mayhaṃ kho pana, bhante, atthi uttari karaṇīyaṃ, atthi katassa paṭicayo.
But I have.
Sace maṃ bhagavā anujāneyya, gaccheyyāhaṃ taṃ ambavanaṃ padhānāyā”ti.
If you allow me, I’ll go back to that mango grove to meditate.”
“Āgamehi tāva, meghiya, ekakamhi tāva yāva aññopi koci bhikkhu āgacchatī”ti.
“We’re alone, Meghiya. Wait until another monk comes.”
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
For a third time Meghiya said to the Buddha:
“bhagavato, bhante, natthi kiñci uttari karaṇīyaṃ, natthi katassa paṭicayo.
“Sir, the Buddha has nothing more to do, and nothing that needs improvement.
Mayhaṃ kho pana, bhante, atthi uttari karaṇīyaṃ, atthi katassa paṭicayo.
But I have.
Sace maṃ bhagavā anujāneyya, gaccheyyāhaṃ taṃ ambavanaṃ padhānāyā”ti.
If you allow me, I’ll go back to that mango grove to meditate.”
“Padhānanti kho, meghiya, vadamānaṃ kinti vadeyyāma.
“Meghiya, since you speak of meditation, what can I say?
Yassadāni tvaṃ, meghiya, kālaṃ maññasī”ti.
Please, Meghiya, go when it’s convenient.”
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena taṃ ambavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ ambavanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi.
Then Meghiya got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right. Then he went to that mango grove, and, having plunged deep into it, sat at the root of a certain tree for the day’s meditation.
Atha kho āyasmato meghiyassa tasmiṃ ambavane viharantassa yebhuyyena tayo pāpakā akusalā vitakkā samudācaranti, seyyathidaṃ—
But while Meghiya was meditating in that mango grove he was beset mostly by three kinds of bad, unskillful thoughts, namely,
kāmavitakko, byāpādavitakko, vihiṃsāvitakko.
sensual, malicious, and cruel thoughts.
Atha kho āyasmato meghiyassa etadahosi:
Then he thought:
“acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho.
“It’s incredible, it’s amazing!
Saddhāya ca vatamhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā;
I’ve gone forth from the lay life to homelessness out of justifiable-trust.
atha ca panimehi tīhi pāpakehi akusalehi vitakkehi anvāsattā—
but I’m still harassed by these three kinds of bad, unskillful thoughts:
kāmavitakkena, byāpādavitakkena, vihiṃsāvitakkenā”ti.
sensual, malicious, and cruel thoughts.”
Atha kho āyasmā meghiyo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā meghiyo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Meghiya went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
“Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā pañca dhammā paripakkāya saṃvattanti.
“Meghiya, when the heart’s release is not ripe, five things help it ripen.
Katame pañca?
What five?
Idha, meghiya, bhikkhu kalyāṇamitto hoti kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko.
Firstly, a monk has good friends, companions, and associates.
Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ayaṃ paṭhamo dhammo paripakkāya saṃvattati. (1)
This is the first thing …
Puna caparaṃ, meghiya, bhikkhu sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.
Furthermore, a monk is ethical, restrained in the monastic code, and has appropriate behavior and means of collecting alms. Seeing danger in the slightest flaw, they keep the rules they’ve undertaken.
Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ayaṃ dutiyo dhammo paripakkāya saṃvattati. (2)
This is the second thing …
Puna caparaṃ, meghiya, yāyaṃ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṃ—appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṃsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlakathā samādhikathā paññākathā vimuttikathā vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī.
Furthermore, a monk gets to take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart, when they want, without trouble or difficulty. That is, talk about fewness of wishes, contentment, seclusion, keeping your distance, arousing vigor, ethics, undistractible-lucidity, wisdom, freedom, and the knowledge and vision of freedom.
Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ayaṃ tatiyo dhammo paripakkāya saṃvattati. (3)
This is the third thing …
Puna caparaṃ, meghiya, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya, kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.
Furthermore, a monk lives with vigor roused up for giving up unskillful Dharmas and gaining skillful Dharmas. They are strong, staunchly vigorous, not slacking off when it comes to developing skillful Dharmas.
Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ayaṃ catuttho dhammo paripakkāya saṃvattati. (4)
This is the fourth thing …
Puna caparaṃ, meghiya, bhikkhu paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā.
Furthermore, a monk is wise. They have the wisdom of arising and passing away which is noble, penetrative, and leads to the complete ending of suffering.
Aparipakkāya, meghiya, cetovimuttiyā ayaṃ pañcamo dhammo paripakkāya saṃvattati.
This is the fifth thing that, when the heart’s release is not ripe, helps it ripen.
Kalyāṇamittassetaṃ, meghiya, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa:
A monk with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to
‘sīlavā bhavissati … pe … samādāya sikkhissati sikkhāpadesu’.
be ethical …
Kalyāṇamittassetaṃ, meghiya, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa:
A monk with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to
‘yāyaṃ kathā abhisallekhikā cetovivaraṇasappāyā, seyyathidaṃ—appicchakathā … pe … vimuttiñāṇadassanakathā, evarūpiyā kathāya nikāmalābhī bhavissati akicchalābhī akasiralābhī’.
take part in talk about self-effacement that helps open the heart …
Kalyāṇamittassetaṃ, meghiya, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa: ‘āraddhavīriyo viharissati … pe … anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu’.
A monk with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to be energetic …
Kalyāṇamittassetaṃ, meghiya, bhikkhuno pāṭikaṅkhaṃ kalyāṇasahāyassa kalyāṇasampavaṅkassa: ‘paññavā bhavissati … pe … sammādukkhakkhayagāminiyā’. (5)
A monk with good friends, companions, and associates can expect to be wise …
Tena ca pana, meghiya, bhikkhunā imesu pañcasu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya cattāro dhammā uttari bhāvetabbā—
A monk grounded on these five things should develop four further things.
asubhā bhāvetabbā rāgassa pahānāya, mettā bhāvetabbā byāpādassa pahānāya, ānāpānassati bhāvetabbā vitakkupacchedāya, aniccasaññā bhāvetabbā asmimānasamugghātāya.
They should develop the perception of ugliness to give up greed, friendly-kindness to give up hate, rememberfulness of breathing to cut off thinking, and perception of impermanence to uproot the conceit ‘I am’.
Aniccasaññino, meghiya, anattasaññā saṇṭhāti.
When you perceive impermanence, the perception of not-self becomes stabilized.
Anattasaññī asmimānasamugghātaṃ pāpuṇāti diṭṭheva dhamme nibbānan”ti. (6–9.)
Perceiving not-self, you uproot the conceit ‘I am’ and attain nirvana in this very life.”

9.4 - AN 9.4 Nandaka: With Nandaka

4. Nandakasutta
4. With Nandaka
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.
At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā nandako upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti.
Now at that time Venerable Nandaka was educating, encouraging, firing up, and inspiring the monks in the assembly hall with a Dhamma talk.
Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bahidvārakoṭṭhake aṭṭhāsi kathāpariyosānaṃ āgamayamāno.
Then in the late afternoon, the Buddha came out of retreat and went to the assembly hall. He stood outside the door waiting for the talk to end.
Atha kho bhagavā kathāpariyosānaṃ viditvā ukkāsetvā aggaḷaṃ ākoṭesi.
When he knew the talk had ended he cleared his throat and knocked with the latch.
Vivariṃsu kho te bhikkhū bhagavato dvāraṃ.
The monks opened the door for the Buddha,
Atha kho bhagavā upaṭṭhānasālaṃ pavisitvā paññattāsane nisīdi.
and he entered the assembly hall, where he sat on the seat spread out.
Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ nandakaṃ etadavoca:
He said to Nandaka:
“dīgho kho tyāyaṃ, nandaka, dhammapariyāyo bhikkhūnaṃ paṭibhāsi.
“Nandaka, that was a long exposition of The Dharma you gave to the monks.
Api me piṭṭhi āgilāyati bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhitassa kathāpariyosānaṃ āgamayamānassā”ti.
My back was aching while I stood outside the door waiting for the talk to end.”
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā nandako sārajjamānarūpo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
When he said this, Nandaka felt embarrassed and said to the Buddha:
“na kho pana mayaṃ, bhante, jānāma ‘bhagavā bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhito’ti.
“Sir, we didn’t know that the Buddha was standing outside the door.
Sace hi mayaṃ, bhante, jāneyyāma ‘bhagavā bahidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhito’ti, ettakampi () no nappaṭibhāseyyā”ti.
If we’d known, I wouldn’t have said so much.”
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ nandakaṃ sārajjamānarūpaṃ viditvā āyasmantaṃ nandakaṃ etadavoca:
Then the Buddha, knowing that Nandaka was embarrassed, said to him:
“sādhu sādhu, nandaka.
“Good, good, Nandaka!
Etaṃ kho, nandaka, tumhākaṃ patirūpaṃ kulaputtānaṃ saddhāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitānaṃ, yaṃ tumhe dhammiyā kathāya sannisīdeyyātha.
It’s appropriate for people from good families like you, who have gone forth in justifiable-trust from the lay life to homelessness, to sit together for a Dhamma talk.
Sannipatitānaṃ vo, nandaka, dvayaṃ karaṇīyaṃ—
When you’re sitting together you should do one of two things:
dhammī vā kathā ariyo vā tuṇhībhāvo.
discuss the Dharmas or keep noble silence.
Saddho ca, nandaka, bhikkhu hoti, no ca sīlavā.
Nandaka, a monk is justifiable-trustful but not ethical.
Evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti.
So they’re incomplete in that respect,
Tena taṃ aṅgaṃ paripūretabbaṃ:
and should fulfill it, thinking:
‘kintāhaṃ saddho ca assaṃ sīlavā cā’ti.
‘How can I become justifiable-trustful and ethical?’
Yato ca kho, nandaka, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca, evaṃ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti.
When a monk is justifiable-trustful and ethical, they’re complete in that respect.
Saddho ca, nandaka, bhikkhu hoti sīlavā ca, no ca lābhī ajjhattaṃ cetosamādhissa.
A monk is justifiable-trustful and ethical, but does not get internal serenity of heart.
Evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti.
So they’re incomplete in that respect,
Tena taṃ aṅgaṃ paripūretabbaṃ:
and should fulfill it, thinking:
‘kintāhaṃ saddho ca assaṃ sīlavā ca lābhī ca ajjhattaṃ cetosamādhissā’ti.
‘How can I become justifiable-trustful and ethical and get internal serenity of heart?’
Yato ca kho, nandaka, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca lābhī ca ajjhattaṃ cetosamādhissa, evaṃ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti.
When a monk is justifiable-trustful and ethical and gets internal serenity of heart, they’re complete in that respect.
Saddho ca, nandaka, bhikkhu hoti sīlavā ca lābhī ca ajjhattaṃ cetosamādhissa, na lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya.
A monk is justifiable-trustful, ethical, and gets internal serenity of heart, but they don’t get the higher wisdom of discernment of dharmas.
Evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti.
So they’re incomplete in that respect.
Seyyathāpi, nandaka, pāṇako catuppādako assa.
Suppose, Nandaka, there was a four-footed animal
Tassa eko pādo omako lāmako.
that was lame and disabled.
Evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro assa.
It would be incomplete in that respect.
Evamevaṃ kho, nandaka, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca lābhī ca ajjhattaṃ cetosamādhissa, na lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya.
In the same way, a monk is justifiable-trustful, ethical, and gets internal serenity of heart, but they don’t get the higher wisdom of discernment of dharmas.
Evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti.
So they’re incomplete in that respect,
Tena taṃ aṅgaṃ paripūretabbaṃ:
and should fulfill it, thinking:
‘kintāhaṃ saddho ca assaṃ sīlavā ca lābhī ca ajjhattaṃ cetosamādhissa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāyā’ti.
‘How can I become justifiable-trustful and ethical and get internal serenity of heart and get the higher wisdom of discernment of dharmas?’
Yato ca kho, nandaka, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca lābhī ca ajjhattaṃ cetosamādhissa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya, evaṃ so tenaṅgena paripūro hotī”ti.
When a monk is justifiable-trustful and ethical and gets internal serenity of heart and gets the higher wisdom of discernment of dharmas, they’re complete in that respect.”
Idamavoca bhagavā.
That is what the Buddha said.
Idaṃ vatvāna sugato uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi.
When he had spoken, the Holy One got up from his seat and entered his dwelling.
Atha kho āyasmā nandako acirapakkantassa bhagavato bhikkhū āmantesi:
Then soon after the Buddha left, Venerable Nandaka said to the monks:
“idāni, āvuso, bhagavā catūhi padehi kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ paviṭṭho:
“Just now, reverends, the Buddha explained a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure in four statements, before getting up from his seat and entering his dwelling.
‘saddho ca, nandaka, bhikkhu hoti, no ca sīlavā.
‘Nandaka, a monk is justifiable-trustful but not ethical.
Evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti.
So they’re incomplete in that respect,
Tena taṃ aṅgaṃ paripūretabbaṃ—
and should fulfill it, thinking:
kintāhaṃ saddho ca assaṃ sīlavā cā’ti.
“How can I become justifiable-trustful and ethical?”
Yato ca kho, nandaka, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca, evaṃ so tenaṅgena paripūro hoti.
When a monk is justifiable-trustful and ethical, they’re complete in that respect.
Saddho ca, nandaka, bhikkhu hoti sīlavā ca, no ca lābhī ajjhattaṃ cetosamādhissa … pe …
A monk is justifiable-trustful and ethical, but does not get internal serenity of heart. …
lābhī ca ajjhattaṃ cetosamādhissa, na lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya,
they get internal serenity of heart, but they don’t get the higher wisdom of discernment of dharmas.
evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti.
So they’re incomplete in that respect.
Seyyathāpi, nandaka, pāṇako catuppādako assa, tassa eko pādo omako lāmako,
Suppose, Nandaka, there was a four-footed animal that was lame and disabled.
evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro assa.
It would be incomplete in that respect.
Evamevaṃ kho, nandaka, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca, lābhī ca ajjhattaṃ cetosamādhissa, na lābhī adhipaññādhammavipassanāya,
In the same way, a monk is justifiable-trustful, ethical, and gets internal serenity of heart, but they don’t get the higher wisdom of discernment of dharmas.
evaṃ so tenaṅgena aparipūro hoti,
So they’re incomplete in that respect,
tena taṃ aṅgaṃ paripūretabbaṃ
and should fulfill it, thinking:
‘kintāhaṃ saddho ca assaṃ sīlavā ca, lābhī ca ajjhattaṃ cetosamādhissa, lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāyā’ti.
“How can I become justifiable-trustful and ethical and get internal serenity of heart and get the higher wisdom of discernment of dharmas?”
Yato ca kho, nandaka, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti sīlavā ca lābhī ca ajjhattaṃ cetosamādhissa lābhī ca adhipaññādhammavipassanāya,
When a monk is justifiable-trustful and ethical and gets internal serenity of heart and gets the higher wisdom of discernment of dharmas,
evaṃ so tenaṅgena paripūro hotīti.
they’re complete in that respect.’
Pañcime, āvuso, ānisaṃsā kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.
Reverends, there are these five benefits of listening to the Dharmas at the right time and discussing the Dharmas at the right time.
Katame pañca?
What five?
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti.
Firstly, a monk teaches the monks the Dhamma that’s good in the beginning, good in the middle, and good in the end, meaningful and well-phrased. And they reveal a spiritual practice that’s entirely full and pure.
Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti tathā tathā so satthu piyo ca hoti manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo ca.
Whenever they do this, they become liked and approved by the Teacher, respected and admired.
Ayaṃ, āvuso, paṭhamo ānisaṃso kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.
This is the first benefit …
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ … pe …
Furthermore, a monk teaches the monks the Dhamma …
brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme atthappaṭisaṃvedī ca hoti dhammappaṭisaṃvedī ca.
Whenever they do this, they feel inspired by the meaning and The Dharma in that Dhamma.
Ayaṃ, āvuso, dutiyo ānisaṃso kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.
This is the second benefit …
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti.
Furthermore, a monk teaches the monks the Dhamma …
Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ … pe … brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti tathā tathā so tasmiṃ dhamme gambhīraṃ atthapadaṃ paññāya ativijjha passati.
Whenever they do this, they see the meaning of a deep saying in that Dhamma with penetrating wisdom.
Ayaṃ, āvuso, tatiyo ānisaṃso kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.
This is the third benefit …
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ … pe … brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti.
Furthermore, a monk teaches the monks the Dhamma …
Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ … pe … brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti tathā tathā naṃ sabrahmacārī uttari sambhāventi:
Whenever they do this, their spiritual companions esteem them more highly, thinking:
‘addhā ayamāyasmā patto vā pajjati vā’.
‘For sure this venerable has attained or will attain.’
Ayaṃ, āvuso, catuttho ānisaṃso kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.
This is the fourth benefit …
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti.
Furthermore, a monk teaches the monks the Dhamma …
Yathā yathā, āvuso, bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti, tattha ye kho bhikkhū sekhā appattamānasā anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ patthayamānā viharanti, te taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā vīriyaṃ ārabhanti appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya.
Whenever they do this, there may be trainee monks present, who haven’t achieved their heart’s desire, but live aspiring to the supreme sanctuary. Hearing that Dharma, they rouse vigor for attaining the unattained, achieving the unachieved, and realizing the unrealized.
Ye pana tattha bhikkhū arahanto khīṇāsavā vusitavanto katakaraṇīyā ohitabhārā anuppattasadatthā parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojanā sammadaññāvimuttā, te taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṃyeva anuyuttā viharanti.
There may be perfected monks present, who have ended the defilements, completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and are rightly freed through enlightenment. Hearing that Dharma, they simply wish to live happily in the present life.
Ayaṃ, āvuso, pañcamo ānisaṃso kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāya.
This is the fifth benefit …
Ime kho, āvuso, pañca ānisaṃsā kālena dhammassavane kālena dhammasākacchāyā”ti.
These are the five benefits of listening to the Dharmas at the right time and discussing the Dharmas at the right time.”

9.5 - AN 9.5 Bala: Powers

5. Balasutta
5. Powers
“Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, balāni.
“monks, there are these four powers.
Katamāni cattāri?
What four?
Paññābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, anavajjabalaṃ, saṅgāhabalaṃ.
The powers of wisdom, vigor, blamelessness, and inclusiveness.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, paññābalaṃ?
And what is the power of wisdom?
Ye dhammā kusalā kusalasaṅkhātā ye dhammā akusalā akusalasaṅkhātā ye dhammā sāvajjā sāvajjasaṅkhātā ye dhammā anavajjā anavajjasaṅkhātā ye dhammā kaṇhā kaṇhasaṅkhātā ye dhammā sukkā sukkasaṅkhātā ye dhammā sevitabbā sevitabbasaṅkhātā ye dhammā asevitabbā asevitabbasaṅkhātā ye dhammā nālamariyā nālamariyasaṅkhātā ye dhammā alamariyā alamariyasaṅkhātā, tyassa dhammā paññāya vodiṭṭhā honti vocaritā.
One has clearly seen and clearly contemplated with wisdom those qualities that are skillful and considered to be skillful; those that are unskillful … blameworthy … blameless … dark … bright … to be cultivated … not to be cultivated … not worthy of the noble ones ... worthy of the noble ones and considered to be worthy of the noble ones.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paññābalaṃ.
This is called the power of wisdom.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ?
And what is the power of vigor?
Ye dhammā akusalā akusalasaṅkhātā ye dhammā sāvajjā sāvajjasaṅkhātā ye dhammā kaṇhā kaṇhasaṅkhātā ye dhammā asevitabbā asevitabbasaṅkhātā ye dhammā nālamariyā nālamariyasaṅkhātā, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati.
One generates enthusiasm, tries, makes an effort, exerts the mind, and strives to give up those qualities that are unskillful and considered to be unskillful; those that are blameworthy … dark … not to be cultivated … not worthy of the noble ones and considered to be not worthy of the noble ones.
Ye dhammā kusalā kusalasaṅkhātā ye dhammā anavajjā anavajjasaṅkhātā ye dhammā sukkā sukkasaṅkhātā ye dhammā sevitabbā sevitabbasaṅkhātā ye dhammā alamariyā alamariyasaṅkhātā, tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābhāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati.
One generates enthusiasm, tries, makes an effort, exerts the mind, and strives to gain those qualities that are skillful and considered to be skillful; those that are blameless … bright … to be cultivated … worthy of the noble ones and considered to be worthy of the noble ones.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vīriyabalaṃ.
This is called the power of vigor.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, anavajjabalaṃ?
And what is the power of blamelessness?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako anavajjena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena manokammena samannāgato hoti.
It’s when a monk has blameless conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, anavajjabalaṃ.
This is called the power of blamelessness.
Katamañca, bhikkhave, saṅgāhabalaṃ?
And what is the power of inclusion?
Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, saṅgahavatthūni—
There are these four ways of being inclusive.
dānaṃ, peyyavajjaṃ, atthacariyā, samānattatā.
Giving, kind speech, taking care, and equality.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, dānānaṃ yadidaṃ dhammadānaṃ.
The best of gifts is the gift of The Dharma.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, peyyavajjānaṃ yadidaṃ atthikassa ohitasotassa punappunaṃ dhammaṃ deseti.
The best sort of kind speech is to teach the Dhamma again and again to someone who is engaged and who lends an ear.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, atthacariyānaṃ yadidaṃ assaddhaṃ saddhāsampadāya samādapeti niveseti patiṭṭhāpeti, dussīlaṃ sīlasampadāya … macchariṃ cāgasampadāya … duppaññaṃ paññāsampadāya samādapeti niveseti patiṭṭhāpeti.
The best way of taking care is to encourage, settle, and ground the unjustifiable-trustful in justifiable-trust, the unethical in ethics, the stingy in generosity, and the ignorant in wisdom.
Etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, samānattatānaṃ yadidaṃ sotāpanno sotāpannassa samānatto, sakadāgāmī sakadāgāmissa samānatto, anāgāmī anāgāmissa samānatto, arahā arahato samānatto.
The best kind of equality is the equality of a stream-enterer with another stream-enterer, a once-returner with another once-returner, a non-returner with another non-returner, and a perfected one with another perfected one.
Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saṅgāhabalaṃ.
This is called the power of inclusion.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, cattāri balāni.
These are the four powers.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi balehi samannāgato ariyasāvako pañca bhayāni samatikkanto hoti.
A noble-one's-disciple who has these four powers has got past five fears.
Katamāni pañca?
What five?
Ājīvikabhayaṃ, asilokabhayaṃ, parisasārajjabhayaṃ, maraṇabhayaṃ, duggatibhayaṃ.
Fear regarding livelihood, disrepute, feeling insecure in an assembly, death, and bad rebirth.
Sa kho so, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati:
Then that noble-one's-disciple reflects:
‘nāhaṃ ājīvikabhayassa bhāyāmi.
‘I have no fear regarding livelihood.
Kissāhaṃ ājīvikabhayassa bhāyissāmi?
Why would I be afraid of that?
Atthi me cattāri balāni—
I have these four powers:
paññābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, anavajjabalaṃ, saṅgāhabalaṃ.
the powers of wisdom, vigor, blamelessness, and inclusiveness.
Duppañño kho ājīvikabhayassa bhāyeyya.
A witless person might fear for their livelihood.
Kusīto ājīvikabhayassa bhāyeyya.
A lazy person might fear for their livelihood.
Sāvajjakāyakammantavacīkammantamanokammanto ājīvikabhayassa bhāyeyya.
A person who does blameworthy things by way of body, speech, and mind might fear for their livelihood.
Asaṅgāhako ājīvikabhayassa bhāyeyya.
A person who does not include others might fear for their livelihood.
Nāhaṃ asilokabhayassa bhāyāmi … pe …
I have no fear of disrepute …
nāhaṃ parisasārajjabhayassa bhāyāmi … pe …
I have no fear about feeling insecure in an assembly …
nāhaṃ maraṇabhayassa bhāyāmi … pe …
I have no fear of death …
nāhaṃ duggatibhayassa bhāyāmi.
I have no fear of a bad rebirth.
Kissāhaṃ duggatibhayassa bhāyissāmi?
Why would I be afraid of that?
Atthi me cattāri balāni—
I have these four powers:
paññābalaṃ, vīriyabalaṃ, anavajjabalaṃ, saṅgāhabalaṃ.
the powers of wisdom, vigor, blamelessness, and inclusiveness.
Duppañño kho duggatibhayassa bhāyeyya.
A witless person might be afraid of a bad rebirth.
Kusīto duggatibhayassa bhāyeyya.
A lazy person might be afraid of a bad rebirth.
Sāvajjakāyakammantavacīkammantamanokammanto duggatibhayassa bhāyeyya.
A person who does blameworthy things by way of body, speech, and mind might be afraid of a bad rebirth.
Asaṅgāhako duggatibhayassa bhāyeyya’.
A person who does not include others might be afraid of a bad rebirth.’
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, catūhi balehi samannāgato ariyasāvako imāni pañca bhayāni samatikkanto hotī”ti.
A noble-one's-disciple who has these four powers has got past these five fears.”

9.6 - AN 9.6 Sevanā: Association

6. Sevanāsutta
6. Association
Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi … pe … āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca:
There Sāriputta addressed the monks:
“Puggalopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo—
“Reverends, you should distinguish two kinds of people:
sevitabbopi asevitabbopi.
those you should associate with, and those you shouldn’t associate with.
Cīvarampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṃ—
You should distinguish two kinds of robes:
sevitabbampi asevitabbampi.
those you should wear, and those you shouldn’t wear.
Piṇḍapātopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo—
You should distinguish two kinds of almsfood:
sevitabbopi asevitabbopi.
that which you should eat, and that which you shouldn’t eat.
Senāsanampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṃ—
You should distinguish two kinds of lodgings:
sevitabbampi asevitabbampi.
those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.
Gāmanigamopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo—
You should distinguish two kinds of market town:
sevitabbopi asevitabbopi.
those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.
Janapadapadesopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo—
You should distinguish two kinds of country:
sevitabbopi asevitabbopi.
those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.
‘Puggalopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo—
You should distinguish two kinds of people:
sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti,
those you should associate with, and those you shouldn’t associate with.’
iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ?
That’s what I said, but why did I say it?
Tattha yaṃ jaññā puggalaṃ:
Take a person of whom you know this.
‘imaṃ kho me puggalaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti;
‘When I associate with this person, unskillful Dharmas grow, and skillful Dharmas decline.
ye ca kho me pabbajitena jīvitaparikkhārā samudānetabbā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā te ca kasirena samudāgacchanti;
And the necessities of life that a renunciate requires—robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick—are hard to come by.
yassa camhi atthāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito so ca me sāmaññattho na bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchatī’ti, tenāvuso, puggalena so puggalo rattibhāgaṃ vā divasabhāgaṃ vā saṅkhāpi anāpucchā pakkamitabbaṃ nānubandhitabbo.
And the goal of the ascetic life for which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness is not being developed to perfection.’ In this case you should leave that person at that very time of the day or night, without asking. You shouldn’t follow them.
Tattha yaṃ jaññā puggalaṃ:
Take a person of whom you know this.
‘imaṃ kho me puggalaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti;
‘When I associate with this person, unskillful Dharmas grow, and skillful Dharmas decline.
ye ca kho me pabbajitena jīvitaparikkhārā samudānetabbā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā te ca appakasirena samudāgacchanti;
But the necessities of life that a renunciate requires—robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick—are easy to come by.
yassa camhi atthāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito so ca me sāmaññattho na bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchatī’ti, tenāvuso, puggalena so puggalo saṅkhāpi anāpucchā pakkamitabbaṃ nānubandhitabbo.
However, the goal of the ascetic life for which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness is not being developed to perfection.’ In this case you should leave that person after reflecting, without asking. You shouldn’t follow them.
Tattha yaṃ jaññā puggalaṃ:
Take a person of whom you know this.
‘imaṃ kho me puggalaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti;
‘When I associate with this person, unskillful Dharmas decline, and skillful Dharmas grow.
ye ca kho me pabbajitena jīvitaparikkhārā samudānetabbā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā te ca kasirena samudāgacchanti;
And the necessities of life that a renunciate requires—robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick—are hard to come by.
yassa camhi atthāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito so ca me sāmaññattho bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchatī’ti, tenāvuso, puggalena so puggalo saṅkhāpi anubandhitabbo na pakkamitabbaṃ.
But the goal of the ascetic life for which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness is being developed to perfection.’ In this case you should follow that person after reflection. You shouldn’t leave them.
Tattha yaṃ jaññā puggalaṃ:
Take a person of whom you know this.
‘imaṃ kho me puggalaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti;
‘When I associate with this person, unskillful Dharmas decline, and skillful Dharmas grow.
ye ca kho me pabbajitena jīvitaparikkhārā samudānetabbā cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārā te ca appakasirena samudāgacchanti;
And the necessities of life that a renunciate requires—robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick—are easy to come by.
yassa camhi atthāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito so ca me sāmaññattho bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchatī’ti, tenāvuso, puggalena so puggalo yāvajīvaṃ anubandhitabbo na pakkamitabbaṃ api panujjamānena.
And the goal of the ascetic life for which I went forth from the lay life to homelessness is being developed to perfection.’ In this case you should follow that person. You shouldn’t leave them, even if they send you away.
‘Puggalopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo—
‘You should distinguish two kinds of people:
sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti,
those you should associate with, and those you shouldn’t associate with.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.
‘Cīvarampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṃ—
‘You should distinguish two kinds of robes:
sevitabbampi asevitabbampī’ti,
those you should wear, and those you shouldn’t wear.’
iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ?
That’s what I said, but why did I say it?
Tattha yaṃ jaññā cīvaraṃ:
Take a robe of which you know this.
‘idaṃ kho me cīvaraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpaṃ cīvaraṃ na sevitabbaṃ.
‘When I wear this robe, unskillful Dharmas grow, and skillful Dharmas decline.’ You should not wear that kind of robe.
Tattha yaṃ jaññā cīvaraṃ:
Take a robe of which you know this.
‘idaṃ kho me cīvaraṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpaṃ cīvaraṃ sevitabbaṃ.
‘When I wear this robe, unskillful Dharmas decline, and skillful Dharmas grow.’ You should wear that kind of robe.
‘Cīvarampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṃ—
‘You should distinguish two kinds of robes:
sevitabbampi asevitabbampī’ti,
those you should wear, and those you shouldn’t wear.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.
‘Piṇḍapātopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo—
‘You should distinguish two kinds of almsfood:
sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti,
that which you should eat, and that which you shouldn’t eat.’
iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ?
That’s what I said, but why did I say it?
Tattha yaṃ jaññā piṇḍapātaṃ:
Take almsfood of which you know this.
‘imaṃ kho me piṇḍapātaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpo piṇḍapāto na sevitabbo.
‘When I eat this almsfood, unskillful Dharmas grow, and skillful Dharmas decline.’ You should not eat that kind of almsfood.
Tattha yaṃ jaññā piṇḍapātaṃ:
Take almsfood of which you know this.
‘imaṃ kho me piṇḍapātaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpo piṇḍapāto sevitabbo.
‘When I eat this almsfood, unskillful Dharmas decline, and skillful Dharmas grow.’ You should eat that kind of almsfood.
‘Piṇḍapātopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo—
‘You should distinguish two kinds of almsfood:
sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti,
that which you should eat, and that which you shouldn’t eat.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.
‘Senāsanampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṃ—
You should distinguish two kinds of lodgings:
sevitabbampi asevitabbampī’ti,
those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.’
iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ?
That’s what I said, but why did I say it?
Tattha yaṃ jaññā senāsanaṃ:
Take a lodging of which you know this.
‘idaṃ kho me senāsanaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpaṃ senāsanaṃ na sevitabbaṃ.
‘When I frequent this lodging, unskillful Dharmas grow, and skillful Dharmas decline.’ You should not frequent that kind of lodging.
Tattha yaṃ jaññā senāsanaṃ:
Take a lodging of which you know this.
‘idaṃ kho me senāsanaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpaṃ senāsanaṃ sevitabbaṃ.
‘When I frequent this lodging, unskillful Dharmas decline, and skillful Dharmas grow.’ You should frequent that kind of lodging.
‘Senāsanampi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbaṃ—
You should distinguish two kinds of lodgings:
sevitabbampi asevitabbampī’ti,
those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.
‘Gāmanigamopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo—
‘You should distinguish two kinds of market town:
sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti,
those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.’
iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ?
That’s what I said, but why did I say it?
Tattha yaṃ jaññā gāmanigamaṃ:
Take a market town of which you know this.
‘imaṃ kho me gāmanigamaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpo gāmanigamo na sevitabbo.
‘When I frequent this market town, unskillful Dharmas grow, and skillful Dharmas decline.’ You should not frequent that kind of village or town.
Tattha yaṃ jaññā gāmanigamaṃ:
Take a market town of which you know this.
‘imaṃ kho me gāmanigamaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpo gāmanigamo sevitabbo.
‘When I frequent this market town, unskillful Dharmas decline, and skillful Dharmas grow.’ You should frequent that kind of village or town.
‘Gāmanigamopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo—
‘You should distinguish two kinds of market town:
sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti,
those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.
‘Janapadapadesopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo—
‘You should distinguish two kinds of country:
sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti,
those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.’
iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ?
That’s what I said, but why did I say it?
Tattha yaṃ jaññā janapadapadesaṃ:
Take a country of which you know this.
‘imaṃ kho me janapadapadesaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyantī’ti, evarūpo janapadapadeso na sevitabbo.
‘When I frequent this country, unskillful Dharmas grow, and skillful Dharmas decline.’ You should not frequent that kind of country.
Tattha yaṃ jaññā janapadapadesaṃ:
Take a country of which you know this.
‘imaṃ kho me janapadapadesaṃ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhantī’ti, evarūpo janapadapadeso sevitabbo.
‘When I frequent this country, unskillful Dharmas decline, and skillful Dharmas grow.’ You should frequent that kind of country.
‘Janapadapadesopi, āvuso, duvidhena veditabbo—
‘You should distinguish two kinds of country:
sevitabbopi asevitabbopī’ti,
those you should frequent, and those you shouldn’t frequent.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttan”ti.
That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.”

9.7 - AN 9.7 Sutavā: With Sutavā the Wanderer

7. Sutavāsutta
7. With Sutavā the Wanderer
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.
At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain.
Atha kho sutavā paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi.
Then the wanderer Sutavā went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho sutavā paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:
“Ekamidāhaṃ, bhante, samayaṃ bhagavā idheva rājagahe viharāmi giribbaje.
“Sir, one time the Buddha was staying right here in Rājagaha, the Mountain Keep.
Tatra me, bhante, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ:
There I heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:
‘yo so, sutavā, bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so pañca ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṃ—
‘A monk who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in five respects.
abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropetuṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādātuṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevituṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sampajānamusā bhāsituṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṃ kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agāriyabhūto’ti.
A monk with defilements ended can’t deliberately take the life of a living creature, take something with the intention to steal, have sex, tell a deliberate lie, or store up goods for their own enjoyment like they did as a lay person.’
Kacci metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sussutaṃ suggahitaṃ sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritan”ti?
I trust I properly heard, learned, attended, and remembered that from the Buddha?”
“Taggha te etaṃ, sutavā, sussutaṃ suggahitaṃ sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ.
“Indeed, Sutavā, you properly heard, learned, attended, and remembered that.
Pubbe cāhaṃ, sutavā, etarahi ca evaṃ vadāmi:
In the past, as today, I say this:
‘yo so bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so nava ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṃ—
‘A monk who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in nine respects.
abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropetuṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādātuṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevituṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sampajānamusā bhāsituṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṃ kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agāriyabhūto, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu chandāgatiṃ gantuṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu dosāgatiṃ gantuṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu mohāgatiṃ gantuṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu bhayāgatiṃ gantuṃ’.
A monk with defilements ended can’t deliberately take the life of a living creature, take something with the intention to steal, have sex, tell a deliberate lie, or store up goods for their own enjoyment like they did as a lay person. And they can’t make decisions prejudiced by favoritism, hostility, stupidity, or cowardice.’
Pubbe cāhaṃ, sutavā, etarahi ca evaṃ vadāmi:
In the past, as today, I say this:
‘yo so bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so imāni nava ṭhānāni ajjhācaritun’”ti.
‘A monk who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in these nine respects.’”

9.8 - AN 9.8 Sajjha: With the Wanderer Sajjha

8. Sajjhasutta
8. With the Wanderer Sajjha
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate.
At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, on the Vulture’s Peak Mountain.
Atha kho sajjho paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi.
Then the wanderer Sajjha went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho sajjho paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:
“Ekamidāhaṃ, bhante, samayaṃ bhagavā idheva rājagahe viharāmi giribbaje.
“Sir, one time the Buddha was staying right here in Rājagaha, the Mountain Keep.
Tatra me, bhante, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ:
There I heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha:
‘yo so, sajjha, bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so pañca ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṃ—
‘A monk who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in five respects.
abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropetuṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādātuṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevituṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sampajānamusā bhāsituṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṃ kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agāriyabhūto’ti.
A monk with defilements ended can’t deliberately take the life of a living creature, take something with the intention to steal, have sex, tell a deliberate lie, or store up goods for their own enjoyment like they did as a lay person.’
Kacci metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sussutaṃ suggahitaṃ sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritan”ti?
I trust I properly heard, learned, attended, and remembered that from the Buddha?”
“Taggha te etaṃ, sajjha, sussutaṃ suggahitaṃ sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ.
“Indeed, Sajjha, you properly heard, learned, attended, and remembered that.
Pubbe cāhaṃ, sajjha, etarahi ca evaṃ vadāmi:
In the past, as today, I say this:
‘yo so bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so nava ṭhānāni ajjhācarituṃ—
‘A monk who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in nine respects.
abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropetuṃ … pe … abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sannidhikārakaṃ kāme paribhuñjituṃ seyyathāpi pubbe agāriyabhūto, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu buddhaṃ paccakkhātuṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu dhammaṃ paccakkhātuṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu saṅghaṃ paccakkhātuṃ, abhabbo khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sikkhaṃ paccakkhātuṃ’.
A monk with defilements ended can’t deliberately kill a living creature, take something with the intention to steal, have sex, tell a deliberate lie, or store up goods for their own enjoyment like they did as a lay person. And they can’t abandon the Buddha, The Dharma, the Saṅgha, or the training.’
Pubbe cāhaṃ, sajjha, etarahi ca evaṃ vadāmi:
In the past, as today, I say this:
‘yo so bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññāvimutto, abhabbo so imāni nava ṭhānāni ajjhācaritun’”ti.
‘A monk who is perfected—with defilements ended, who has completed the spiritual journey, done what had to be done, laid down the burden, achieved their own true goal, utterly ended the fetters of rebirth, and is rightly freed through enlightenment—can’t transgress in these nine respects.’”

9.9 - AN 9.9 Puggala: Persons

9. Puggalasutta
9. Persons
“Navayime, bhikkhave, puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmiṃ.
“monks, these nine people are found in the world.
Katame nava?
What nine?
Arahā, arahattāya paṭipanno, anāgāmī, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sakadāgāmī, sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sotāpanno, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, puthujjano—
The perfected one, and the one practicing for perfection. The non-returner and the one practicing to realize the fruit of non-return. The once-returner and the one practicing to realize the fruit of once-return. The stream-enterer and the one practicing to realize the fruit of stream-entry. And the ordinary person.
ime kho, bhikkhave, nava puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin”ti.
These are the nine people found in the world.”

9.10 - AN 9.10 Āhuneyya: Worthy of Offerings Dedicated to the Gods

10. Āhuneyyasutta
10. Worthy of Offerings Dedicated to the Gods
“Navayime, bhikkhave, puggalā āhuneyyā pāhuneyyā dakkhiṇeyyā añjalikaraṇīyā anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.
“monks, these nine people are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.
Katame nava?
What nine?
Arahā, arahattāya paṭipanno, anāgāmī, anāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sakadāgāmī, sakadāgāmiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, sotāpanno, sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno, gotrabhū—
The perfected one, and the one practicing for perfection. The non-returner and the one practicing to realize the fruit of non-return. The once-returner and the one practicing to realize the fruit of once-return. The stream-enterer and the one practicing to realize the fruit of stream-entry. And a member of the spiritual family.
ime kho, bhikkhave, nava puggalā āhuneyyā … pe … anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā”ti.
These are the nine people who are worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and are the supreme field of merit for the world.”

9..2.. - AN 9 vagga 2 Sīhanāda: The Lion’s Roar

Aṅguttara Nikāya 9
Numbered Discourses 9
2. Sīhanādavagga
2. The Lion’s Roar

9.11 - AN 9.11 Sīhanāda: Sāriputta’s Lion’s Roar

11. Sīhanādasutta
11. Sāriputta’s Lion’s Roar
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.
At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“vuttho me, bhante, sāvatthiyaṃ vassāvāso.
“Sir, I have completed the rainy season residence at Sāvatthī.
Icchāmahaṃ, bhante, janapadacārikaṃ pakkamitun”ti.
I wish to depart to wander the countryside.”
“Yassadāni tvaṃ, sāriputta, kālaṃ maññasī”ti.
“Please, Sāriputta, go at your convenience.”
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
Then Sāriputta got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.
Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu acirapakkante āyasmante sāriputte bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
And then, not long after Sāriputta had left, a certain monk said to the Buddha:
“āyasmā maṃ, bhante, sāriputto āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṃ pakkanto”ti.
“Sir, Venerable Sāriputta attacked me and left without saying sorry.”
Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi:
So the Buddha said to a certain monk:
“ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena sāriputtaṃ āmantehi:
“Please, monk, in my name tell Sāriputta that
‘satthā taṃ, āvuso sāriputta, āmantetī’”ti.
the teacher summons him.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca:
“Yes, sir,” that monk replied. He went to Sāriputta and said to him:
“satthā taṃ, āvuso sāriputta, āmantetī”ti.
“Reverend Sāriputta, the teacher summons you.”
“Evamāvuso”ti kho āyasmā sāriputto tassa bhikkhuno paccassosi.
“Yes, reverend,” Sāriputta replied.
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno āyasmā ca ānando avāpuraṇaṃ ādāya vihāre āhiṇḍanti:
Now at that time Venerables Mahāmoggallāna and Ānanda took a key and went from dwelling to dwelling, saying:
“abhikkamathāyasmanto, abhikkamathāyasmanto.
“Come forth, venerables! Come forth, venerables!
Idānāyasmā sāriputto bhagavato sammukhā sīhanādaṃ nadissatī”ti.
Now Venerable Sāriputta will roar his lion’s roar in the presence of the Buddha!”
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then Venerable Sāriputta went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:
“idha te, sāriputta, aññataro sabrahmacārī khīyanadhammaṃ āpanno:
“Sāriputta, one of your spiritual companions has made this complaint:
‘āyasmā maṃ, bhante, sāriputto āsajja appaṭinissajjacārikaṃ pakkanto’”ti.
‘Venerable Sāriputta attacked me and left without saying sorry.’”
“Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṃ sabrahmacāriṃ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṃ pakkameyya.
“Sir, someone who had not established rememberfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.
Seyyathāpi, bhante, pathaviyaṃ sucimpi nikkhipanti asucimpi nikkhipanti gūthagatampi nikkhipanti muttagatampi nikkhipanti kheḷagatampi nikkhipanti pubbagatampi nikkhipanti lohitagatampi nikkhipanti, na ca tena pathavī aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā;
Suppose they were to toss both clean and unclean things on the earth, like feces, urine, spit, pus, and blood. The earth isn’t horrified, repelled, and disgusted because of this.
evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, pathavīsamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.
In the same way, I live with a heart like the earth, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṃ sabrahmacāriṃ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṃ pakkameyya. (1)
Someone who had not established rememberfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.
Seyyathāpi, bhante, āpasmiṃ sucimpi dhovanti asucimpi dhovanti gūthagatampi … muttagatampi … kheḷagatampi … pubbagatampi … lohitagatampi dhovanti, na ca tena āpo aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā;
Suppose they were to wash both clean and unclean things in water, like feces, urine, spit, pus, and blood. The water isn’t horrified, repelled, and disgusted because of this. …
evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, āposamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.
In the same way, I live with a heart like water, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṃ sabrahmacāriṃ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṃ pakkameyya. (2)
Someone who had not established rememberfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.
Seyyathāpi, bhante, tejo sucimpi ḍahati asucimpi ḍahati gūthagatampi … muttagatampi … kheḷagatampi … pubbagatampi … lohitagatampi ḍahati, na ca tena tejo aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā;
Suppose a fire was to burn both clean and unclean things, like feces, urine, spit, pus, and blood. The fire isn’t horrified, repelled, and disgusted because of this. …
evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, tejosamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.
In the same way, I live with a heart like fire, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṃ sabrahmacāriṃ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṃ pakkameyya. (3)
Someone who had not established rememberfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.
Seyyathāpi, bhante, vāyo sucimpi upavāyati asucimpi upavāyati gūthagatampi … muttagatampi … kheḷagatampi … pubbagatampi … lohitagatampi upavāyati, na ca tena vāyo aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā;
Suppose the wind was to blow on both clean and unclean things, like feces, urine, spit, pus, and blood. The wind isn’t horrified, repelled, and disgusted because of this. …
evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, vāyosamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.
In the same way, I live with a heart like the wind, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṃ sabrahmacāriṃ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṃ pakkameyya. (4)
Someone who had not established rememberfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.
Seyyathāpi, bhante, rajoharaṇaṃ sucimpi puñchati asucimpi puñchati gūthagatampi … muttagatampi … kheḷagatampi … pubbagatampi … lohitagatampi puñchati, na ca tena rajoharaṇaṃ aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā;
Suppose a rag was to wipe up both clean and unclean things, like feces, urine, spit, pus, and blood. The rag isn’t horrified, repelled, and disgusted because of this. …
evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, rajoharaṇasamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.
In the same way, I live with a heart like a rag, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṃ sabrahmacāriṃ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṃ pakkameyya. (5)
Someone who had not established rememberfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.
Seyyathāpi, bhante, caṇḍālakumārako vā caṇḍālakumārikā vā kaḷopihattho nantakavāsī gāmaṃ vā nigamaṃ vā pavisanto nīcacittaṃyeva upaṭṭhapetvā pavisati;
Suppose an outcast boy or girl, holding a pot and clad in rags, were to enter a town or village. They’d enter with a humble mind.
evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, caṇḍālakumārakacaṇḍālakumārikāsamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.
In the same way, I live with a heart like an outcast boy or girl, abundant, limitless, measureless, free of enmity and ill will.
Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṃ sabrahmacāriṃ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṃ pakkameyya. (6)
Someone who had not established rememberfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.
Seyyathāpi, bhante, usabho chinnavisāṇo sūrato sudanto suvinīto rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ anvāhiṇḍanto na kiñci hiṃsati pādena vā visāṇena vā;
Suppose there was a bull with his horns cut, gentle, well tamed and well trained. He’d wander from street to street and square to square without hurting anyone with his feet or horns.
evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, usabhachinnavisāṇasamena cetasā viharāmi vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena.
In the same way, I live with a heart like a bull with horns cut, abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṃ sabrahmacāriṃ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṃ pakkameyya. (7)
Someone who had not established rememberfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.
Seyyathāpi, bhante, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko sīsaṃnhāto ahikuṇapena vā kukkurakuṇapena vā manussakuṇapena vā kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭīyeyya harāyeyya jiguccheyya;
Suppose there was a woman or man who was young, youthful, and fond of adornments, and had bathed their head. If the corpse of a snake or a dog or a human was hung around their neck, they’d be horrified, repelled, and disgusted.
evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, iminā pūtikāyena aṭṭīyāmi harāyāmi jigucchāmi.
In the same way, I’m horrified, repelled, and disgusted by this rotten body.
Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṃ sabrahmacāriṃ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṃ pakkameyya. (8)
Someone who had not established rememberfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.
Seyyathāpi, bhante, puriso medakathālikaṃ parihareyya chiddāvachiddaṃ uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ;
Suppose someone was to carry around a bowl of fat that was leaking and oozing from holes and cracks.
evamevaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, imaṃ kāyaṃ pariharāmi chiddāvachiddaṃ uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ.
In the same way, I carry around this body that’s leaking and oozing from holes and cracks.
Yassa nūna, bhante, kāye kāyagatāsati anupaṭṭhitā assa, so idha aññataraṃ sabrahmacāriṃ āsajja appaṭinissajja cārikaṃ pakkameyyā”ti. (9)
Someone who had not established rememberfulness of the body might well attack one of their spiritual companions and leave without saying sorry.”
Atha kho so bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
Then that monk rose from his seat, placed his robe over one shoulder, bowed with his head at the Buddha’s feet, and said:
“accayo maṃ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yo ahaṃ āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhiṃ.
“I have made a mistake, sir. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of me to speak ill of Venerable Sāriputta with a false, baseless, lying, untruthful claim.
Tassa me, bhante, bhagavā accayaṃ accayato paṭiggaṇhatu āyatiṃ saṃvarāyā”ti.
Please, sir, accept my mistake for what it is, so I will restrain myself in future.”
“Taggha taṃ, bhikkhu, accayo accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yo tvaṃ sāriputtaṃ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhi.
“Indeed, monk, you made a mistake. It was foolish, stupid, and unskillful of you to act in that way.
Yato ca kho tvaṃ, bhikkhu, accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikarosi, taṃ te mayaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma.
But since you have recognized your mistake for what it is, and have dealt with it properly, I accept it.
Vuḍḍhihesā, bhikkhu, ariyassa vinaye yo accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti āyatiṃ saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī”ti.
For it is growth in the training of the noble one to recognize a mistake for what it is, deal with it properly, and commit to restraint in the future.”
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi:
Then the Buddha said to Venerable Sāriputta:
“khama, sāriputta, imassa moghapurisassa, purā tassa tattheva sattadhā muddhā phalatī”ti.
“Sāriputta, forgive that foolish man before his head explodes into seven pieces right here.”
“Khamāmahaṃ, bhante, tassa āyasmato sace maṃ so āyasmā evamāha:
“I will pardon that venerable if he asks me:
‘khamatu ca me so āyasmā’”ti.
‘May the venerable please pardon me too.’”

9.12 - AN 9.12 Saupādisesa: With Something Left Over

12. Saupādisesasutta
12. With Something Left Over
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.
At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
Then Venerable Sāriputta robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Sāvatthī for alms.
Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi:
Then he thought:
“atippago kho tāva sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya carituṃ,
“It’s too early to wander for alms in Sāvatthī.
yannūnāhaṃ yena aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ ārāmo tenupasaṅkameyyan”ti.
Why don’t I go to the monastery of the wanderers who follow other paths?”
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ ārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṃ sammodi.
Then he went to the monastery of the wanderers who follow other paths, and exchanged greetings with the wanderers there.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side.
Tena kho pana samayena tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayamantarākathā udapādi:
Now at that time while those wanderers who follow other paths were sitting together this discussion came up among them:
“yo hi koci, āvuso, saupādiseso kālaṃ karoti, sabbo so aparimutto nirayā aparimutto tiracchānayoniyā aparimutto pettivisayā aparimutto apāyaduggativinipātā”ti.
“Reverends, no-one who dies with something left over is exempt from hell, the animal realm, or the ghost realm. They’re not exempt from places of loss, bad places, the underworld.”
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ bhāsitaṃ neva abhinandi nappaṭikkosi.
Sāriputta neither approved nor dismissed that statement of the wanderers who follow other paths.
Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi:
He got up from his seat, thinking:
“bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānissāmī”ti.
“I will learn the meaning of this statement from the Buddha himself.”
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
Then Sāriputta wandered for alms in Sāvatthī. After the meal, on his return from alms-round, he went to the Buddha, bowed, sat down to one side, and told him what had happened.
“Ke ca, sāriputta, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā bālā abyattā, ke ca saupādisesaṃ vā ‘saupādiseso’ti jānissanti, anupādisesaṃ vā ‘anupādiseso’ti jānissanti.
“Sāriputta, these foolish, incompetent wanderers following other paths: who are they to know whether someone has something left over or not?
Navayime, sāriputta, puggalā saupādisesā kālaṃ kurumānā parimuttā nirayā parimuttā tiracchānayoniyā parimuttā pettivisayā parimuttā apāyaduggativinipātā.
There are these nine people who, dying with something left over, are exempt from hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. They’re exempt from places of loss, bad places, the underworld.
Katame nava?
What nine?
Idha, sāriputta, ekacco puggalo sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṃ paripūrakārī, paññāya mattaso kārī.
There’s a person who has fulfilled ethics and undistractible-lucidity, but has limited wisdom.
So pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti.
With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re nirvana'd in-between one life and the next.
Ayaṃ, sāriputta, paṭhamo puggalo saupādiseso kālaṃ kurumāno parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. (1)
This is the first person …
Puna caparaṃ, sāriputta, idhekacco puggalo sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṃ paripūrakārī, paññāya mattaso kārī.
Furthermore, there’s a person who has fulfilled ethics and undistractible-lucidity, but has limited wisdom.
So pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā upahaccaparinibbāyī hoti … pe …
With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re nirvana'd upon landing.
asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti … pe …
With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re nirvana'd without extra effort. …
With the ending of the five lower fetters they’re extinguished with extra effort. …
This is the third person …
This is the fourth person …
sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī hoti … pe …
uddhaṃsoto hoti akaniṭṭhagāmī.
With the ending of the five lower fetters they head upstream, going to the Akaniṭṭha realm.
Ayaṃ, sāriputta, pañcamo puggalo saupādiseso kālaṃ kurumāno parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. (2–5.)
This is the fifth person …
Puna caparaṃ, sāriputta, idhekacco puggalo sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṃ mattaso kārī, paññāya mattaso kārī.
Furthermore, there’s a person who has fulfilled ethics, but has limited undistractible-lucidity and wisdom.
So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hoti, sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti.
With the ending of three fetters, and the weakening of greed, hate, and delusion, they’re a once-returner. They come back to this world once only, then make an end of suffering.
Ayaṃ, sāriputta, chaṭṭho puggalo saupādiseso kālaṃ kurumāno parimutto nirayā … pe … parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. (6)
This is the sixth person …
Puna caparaṃ, sāriputta, idhekacco puggalo sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṃ mattaso kārī, paññāya mattaso kārī.
Furthermore, there’s a person who has fulfilled ethics, but has limited undistractible-lucidity and wisdom.
So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā ekabījī hoti, ekaṃyeva mānusakaṃ bhavaṃ nibbattetvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti.
With the ending of three fetters, they’re a one-seeder. They will be reborn just one time in a human existence, then make an end of suffering.
Ayaṃ, sāriputta, sattamo puggalo saupādiseso kālaṃ kurumāno parimutto nirayā … pe … parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. (7)
This is the seventh person …
Puna caparaṃ, sāriputta, idhekacco puggalo sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṃ mattaso kārī, paññāya mattaso kārī.
Furthermore, there’s a person who has fulfilled ethics, but has limited undistractible-lucidity and wisdom.
So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā kolaṅkolo hoti, dve vā tīṇi vā kulāni sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti.
With the ending of three fetters, they go family to family. They will transmigrate between two or three families and then make an end of suffering.
Ayaṃ, sāriputta, aṭṭhamo puggalo saupādiseso kālaṃ kurumāno parimutto nirayā … pe … parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. (8)
This is the eighth person …
Puna caparaṃ, sāriputta, idhekacco puggalo sīlesu paripūrakārī hoti, samādhismiṃ mattaso kārī, paññāya mattaso kārī.
Furthermore, there’s a person who has fulfilled ethics, but has limited undistractible-lucidity and wisdom.
So tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sattakkhattuparamo hoti, sattakkhattuparamaṃ deve ca manusse ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti.
With the ending of three fetters, they have at most seven rebirths. They will transmigrate at most seven times among gods and humans and then make an end of suffering.
Ayaṃ, sāriputta, navamo puggalo saupādiseso kālaṃ kurumāno parimutto nirayā parimutto tiracchānayoniyā parimutto pettivisayā parimutto apāyaduggativinipātā. (9)
This is the ninth person …
Ke ca, sāriputta, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā bālā abyattā, ke ca saupādisesaṃ vā ‘saupādiseso’ti jānissanti, anupādisesaṃ vā ‘anupādiseso’ti jānissanti.
These foolish, incompetent wanderers following other paths: who are they to know whether someone has something left over or not?
Ime kho, sāriputta, nava puggalā saupādisesā kālaṃ kurumānā parimuttā nirayā parimuttā tiracchānayoniyā parimuttā pettivisayā parimuttā apāyaduggativinipātā.
These are the nine people who, dying with something left over, are exempt from hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. They’re exempt from places of loss, bad places, the underworld.
Na tāvāyaṃ, sāriputta, dhammapariyāyo paṭibhāsi bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ.
Up until now, Sāriputta, I have not felt the need to give this exposition of The Dharma to the monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen.
Taṃ kissa hetu?
Why is that?
Māyimaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ sutvā pamādaṃ āhariṃsūti.
For I didn’t want those who heard it to introduce negligence.
Api ca mayā, sāriputta, dhammapariyāyo pañhādhippāyena bhāsito”ti.
However, I have spoken it in order to answer your question.”

9.13 - AN 9.13 Koṭṭhika: With Koṭṭhita

13. Koṭṭhikasutta
13. With Koṭṭhita
Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi.
Then Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita went up to Venerable Sāriputta, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Sāriputta:
“kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṃ kammaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ, taṃ me kammaṃ samparāyavedanīyaṃ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī”ti?
“Reverend Sāriputta, is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced in this life be experienced by me in lives to come’?”
“No hidaṃ, āvuso”.
“Certainly not, reverend.”
“Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṃ kammaṃ samparāyavedanīyaṃ taṃ me kammaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī”ti?
“Then is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced in lives to come be experienced by me in this life’?”
“No hidaṃ, āvuso”.
“Certainly not.”
“Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṃ kammaṃ sukhavedanīyaṃ, taṃ me kammaṃ dukkhavedanīyaṃ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī”ti?
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced as pleasant be experienced by me as painful’?”
“No hidaṃ, āvuso”.
“Certainly not.”
“Kiṃ panāvuso, sāriputta, ‘yaṃ kammaṃ dukkhavedanīyaṃ, taṃ me kammaṃ sukhavedanīyaṃ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī”ti?
“Then is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced as painful be experienced by me as pleasant’?”
“No hidaṃ, āvuso”.
“Certainly not.”
“Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṃ kammaṃ paripakkavedanīyaṃ, taṃ me kammaṃ aparipakkavedanīyaṃ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī”ti?
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced when ripe be experienced by me when unripe’?”
“No hidaṃ, āvuso”.
“Certainly not.”
“Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṃ kammaṃ aparipakkavedanīyaṃ, taṃ me kammaṃ paripakkavedanīyaṃ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī”ti?
“Then is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced when unripe be experienced by me when ripe’?”
“No hidaṃ, āvuso”.
“Certainly not.”
“Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṃ kammaṃ bahuvedanīyaṃ, taṃ me kammaṃ appavedanīyaṃ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī”ti?
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced a lot be experienced by me a little’?”
“No hidaṃ, āvuso”.
“Certainly not.”
“Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṃ kammaṃ appavedanīyaṃ, taṃ me kammaṃ bahuvedanīyaṃ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī”ti?
“Then is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced a little be experienced by me a lot’?”
“No hidaṃ, āvuso”.
“Certainly not.”
“Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṃ kammaṃ vedanīyaṃ, taṃ me kammaṃ avedanīyaṃ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī”ti?
“Is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds to be experienced by me be not experienced’?”
“No hidaṃ, āvuso”.
“Certainly not.”
“Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, ‘yaṃ kammaṃ avedanīyaṃ, taṃ me kammaṃ vedanīyaṃ hotū’ti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī”ti?
“Then is the spiritual life lived under the Buddha for this purpose: ‘May deeds not to be experienced be experienced’?”
“No hidaṃ, āvuso”.
“Certainly not.”
“‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṃ kammaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ taṃ me kammaṃ samparāyavedanīyaṃ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
“Reverend Sāriputta, when you were asked whether the spiritual life was lived under the Buddha so that deeds to be experienced in this life are experienced in lives to come, you said, ‘Certainly not’.
‘Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṃ kammaṃ samparāyavedanīyaṃ taṃ me kammaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
When you were asked whether the spiritual life was lived under the Buddha so that deeds to be experienced in lives to come are experienced in this life …
‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṃ kammaṃ sukhavedanīyaṃ taṃ me kammaṃ dukkhavedanīyaṃ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
deeds to be experienced as pleasant are experienced as painful …
‘Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṃ kammaṃ dukkhavedanīyaṃ taṃ me kammaṃ sukhavedanīyaṃ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
deeds to be experienced as painful are experienced as pleasant …
‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṃ kammaṃ paripakkavedanīyaṃ taṃ me kammaṃ aparipakkavedanīyaṃ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
deeds to be experienced when ripe are experienced when unripe …
‘Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṃ kammaṃ aparipakkavedanīyaṃ taṃ me kammaṃ paripakkavedanīyaṃ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
deeds to be experienced when unripe are experienced when ripe …
‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṃ kammaṃ bahuvedanīyaṃ taṃ me kammaṃ appavedanīyaṃ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
deeds to be experienced a lot are experienced a little …
‘Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṃ kammaṃ appavedanīyaṃ taṃ me kammaṃ bahuvedanīyaṃ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
deeds to be experienced a little are experienced a lot …
‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, yaṃ kammaṃ vedanīyaṃ taṃ me kammaṃ avedanīyaṃ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
deeds to be experienced are not experienced …
‘Kiṃ panāvuso sāriputta, yaṃ kammaṃ avedanīyaṃ taṃ me kammaṃ vedanīyaṃ hotūti, etassa atthāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘no hidaṃ, āvuso’ti vadesi.
When you were asked whether the spiritual life was lived under the Buddha so that deeds not to be experienced in lives are experienced, you said, ‘Certainly not.’
Atha kimatthaṃ carahāvuso, bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī”ti?
Then what exactly is the purpose of living the spiritual life under the Buddha?”
“Yaṃ khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ appattaṃ asacchikataṃ anabhisametaṃ, tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti.
“Reverend, the spiritual life is lived under the Buddha to know, see, attain, realize, and comprehend that which is unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended.”
Kiṃ panassāvuso, aññātaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ appattaṃ asacchikataṃ anabhisametaṃ, yassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatīti?
“But what is the unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended?”
‘Idaṃ dukkhan’ti khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ appattaṃ asacchikataṃ anabhisametaṃ.
“‘This is suffering.’ …
Tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussati.
‘Ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti khvassa, āvuso … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti khvassa, āvuso … pe …
‘This is the origin of suffering.’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering.’ …
‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ appattaṃ asacchikataṃ anabhisametaṃ.
‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering.’ …
Tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussati.
Idaṃ khvassa, āvuso, aññātaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ appattaṃ asacchikataṃ anabhisametaṃ.
This is the unknown, unseen, unattained, unrealized, and uncomprehended.
Tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pattiyā sacchikiriyāya abhisamayāya bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī”ti.
The spiritual life is lived under the Buddha to know, see, attain, realize, and comprehend this.”

9.14 - AN 9.14 Samiddhi: With Samiddhi

14. Samiddhisutta
14. With Samiddhi
Atha kho āyasmā samiddhi yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ samiddhiṃ āyasmā sāriputto etadavoca:
Then Venerable Samiddhi went up to Venerable Sāriputta, bowed, and stood to one side. Venerable Sāriputta said to him:
“Kimārammaṇā, samiddhi, purisassa saṅkappavitakkā uppajjantī”ti?
“Samiddhi, based on what do thoughts arise in a person?”
“Nāmarūpārammaṇā, bhante”ti.
“Based on name and form, sir.”
“Te pana, samiddhi, kva nānattaṃ gacchantī”ti?
“Where do they become diversified?”
“Dhātūsu, bhante”ti.
“In the elements.”
“Te pana, samiddhi, kiṃsamudayā”ti?
“What is their origin?”
“Phassasamudayā, bhante”ti.
“Contact is their origin.”
“Te pana, samiddhi, kiṃsamosaraṇā”ti?
“What is their meeting place?”
“Vedanāsamosaraṇā, bhante”ti.
“Feeling is their meeting place.”
“Te pana, samiddhi, kiṃpamukhā”ti?
“What is their chief?”
“Samādhippamukhā, bhante”ti.
“undistractible-lucidity is their chief.”
“Te pana, samiddhi, kiṃadhipateyyā”ti?
“What is their ruler?”
“Satādhipateyyā, bhante”ti.
“rememberfulness is their ruler.”
“Te pana, samiddhi, kiṃuttarā”ti?
“What is their overseer?”
“Paññuttarā, bhante”ti.
“Wisdom is their overseer.”
“Te pana, samiddhi, kiṃsārā”ti?
“What is their core?”
“Vimuttisārā, bhante”ti.
“Freedom is their core.”
“Te pana, samiddhi, kiṃogadhā”ti?
“What is their culmination?”
“Amatogadhā, bhante”ti.
“They culminate in the deathless.”
“‘Kimārammaṇā, samiddhi, purisassa saṅkappavitakkā uppajjantī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘nāmarūpārammaṇā, bhante’ti vadesi.
“Samiddhi, when you were asked what is the basis on which thoughts arise in a person, you answered ‘name and form’.
‘Te pana, samiddhi, kva nānattaṃ gacchantī’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘dhātūsu, bhante’ti vadesi.
When you were asked …
‘Te pana, samiddhi, kiṃsamudayā’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘phassasamudayā, bhante’ti vadesi.
‘Te pana, samiddhi, kiṃsamosaraṇā’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘vedanāsamosaraṇā, bhante’ti vadesi.
‘Te pana, samiddhi, kiṃpamukhā’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘samādhippamukhā, bhante’ti vadesi.
‘Te pana, samiddhi, kiṃadhipateyyā’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘satādhipateyyā, bhante’ti vadesi.
‘Te pana, samiddhi, kiṃuttarā’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘paññuttarā, bhante’ti vadesi.
‘Te pana, samiddhi, kiṃsārā’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘vimuttisārā, bhante’ti vadesi.
‘Te pana, samiddhi, kiṃogadhā’ti, iti puṭṭho samāno ‘amatogadhā, bhante’ti vadesi.
what is their culmination, you answered ‘the deathless’.
Sādhu sādhu, samiddhi.
Good, good, Samiddhi!
Sādhu kho tvaṃ, samiddhi, puṭṭho puṭṭho vissajjesi, tena ca mā maññī”ti.
It’s good that you answered each question. But don’t get conceited because of that.”

..AN 9.14 (b.bodhi footnotes)

“They culminate in the deathless.”1869Amatogadhā. Mp explains this with reference to the idea that the path and fruit take nibbāna as object: “Having gotten a foothold in the deathless nibbāna by [making it] an object, they are established there” (ārammaṇavasena amataṃ nibbānaṃ ogāhitvā tattha patiṭṭhitā).

(1) “On what basis, Samiddhi, do intentions and thoughts1865Mp: “Intentions and thoughts are thoughts that are intentions” (saṅkappavitakkā ti saṅkappabhūtā vitakkā). This is said because the two words, saṅkappa and vitakka, are used almost interchangeably in the texts. arise in a person?”

“On the basis of name-and-form, Bhante.”1866Nāmarūpārammaṇā. Mp glosses: “With name and form as condition (nāmarūpapaccayā). By this he shows that the four formless aggregates and the form dependent on the primary elements are the condition for thoughts.”

..AN 9.14 (b.than) Samiddhi Sutta  (AN 9:14)

Then Ven. Samiddhi went to Ven. Sāriputta and, on arrival, having bowed down to him, sat to one side. As he was sitting there, Ven. Sāriputta said to him, “Based on what, Samiddhi, do thoughts & resolves arise in a person?”
“Based on name & form, sir.”1
“And how do they go to multiplicity?”
“Through the properties, sir.”2
“And what do they have as their origination?”
“They have contact as their origination, sir.”
“And what do they have as their meeting place?”
“They have feeling as their meeting place, sir.”
“And what do they have as their presiding state?”
“They have concentration as their presiding state, sir.”
“And what do they have as their governing principle?”
“They have mindfulness as their governing principle, sir.”3
“And what do they have as their surpassing state?”
“They have discernment as their surpassing state, sir.”
“And what do they have as their heartwood?”
“They have release as their heartwood, sir.”4
“And where do they gain their footing?”5
“They gain their footing in the deathless, sir.”
“Samiddhi, on being asked, ‘Based on what do thoughts & resolves arise in a person?’ you have answered, ‘Based on name & form.’
“When asked, ‘And how do they go to multiplicity?’ you have answered, ‘Through the properties.’
“When asked, ‘And what do they have as their origination?’ you have answered, ‘They have contact as their origination.’
“When asked, ‘And what do they have as their meeting place?’ you have answered, ‘They have feeling as their meeting place.’
“When asked, ‘And what do they have as their presiding state?’ you have answered, ‘They have concentration as their presiding state.’
“When asked, ‘And what do they have as their governing principle?’ you have answered, ‘They have mindfulness as their governing principle.’
“When asked, ‘And what do they have as their surpassing state?’ you have answered, ‘They have discernment as their surpassing state.’
“When asked, ‘And what do they have as their heartwood?’ you have answered, ‘They have release as their heartwood.’
“When asked, ‘And where do they gain their footing?’ you have answered, ‘They gain their footing in the deathless.’
“Very good, Samiddhi, very good. It’s good, the way you have answered when questioned, but don’t get conceited about that.”
Notes
1. See SN 22:53–54.
2. SN 14:1–5 identifies the multiplicity of properties [dhātu] with the six internal sense-media. SN 14:6–10 identifies it with the six external sense media. SN 14:12, however, identifies six properties that directly have an impact on thoughts and resolves: three unskillful (the properties of sensuality, ill will, and harmfulness) and three skillful (the properties of renunciation, non-ill will, and harmlessness). All of these lists are pertinent here.
3. See AN 4:245.
4. See MN 29 and MN 30.
5. The image here derives from a standard analogy comparing the practice to the act of crossing a river. According to AN 7:15, the point where the meditator gains footing on the river bottom, but before getting up on the bank, corresponds to the attainment of non-return. To become an arahant is to go beyond the river and stand on firm ground.
See also: AN 10:58

9.15 - AN 9.15 Gaṇḍa: The Simile of the Boil

15. Gaṇḍasutta
15. The Simile of the Boil
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gaṇḍo anekavassagaṇiko.
“monks, suppose there was a boil that was many years old.
Tassassu gaṇḍassa nava vaṇamukhāni nava abhedanamukhāni.
And that boil had nine orifices that were continually open wounds.
Tato yaṃ kiñci pagghareyya—
Whatever oozed out of them
asuciyeva pagghareyya, duggandhaṃyeva pagghareyya, jegucchiyaṃyeva pagghareyya;
would be filthy, stinking, and disgusting.
yaṃ kiñci pasaveyya—
Whatever leaked out them
asuciyeva pasaveyya, duggandhaṃyeva pasaveyya, jegucchiyaṃyeva pasaveyya.
would be filthy, stinking, and disgusting.
Gaṇḍoti kho, bhikkhave, imassetaṃ cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa adhivacanaṃ mātāpettikasambhavassa odanakummāsūpacayassa aniccucchādanaparimaddanabhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammassa.
‘Boil’ is a term for this body made up of the four primary elements, produced by mother and father, built up from rice and porridge, liable to impermanence, to wearing away and erosion, to breaking up and destruction.
Tassassu gaṇḍassa nava vaṇamukhāni nava abhedanamukhāni.
And that boil has nine orifices that were continually open wounds.
Tato yaṃ kiñci paggharati—
Whatever oozed out of them
asuciyeva paggharati, duggandhaṃyeva paggharati, jegucchiyaṃyeva paggharati;
is filthy, stinking, and disgusting.
yaṃ kiñci pasavati—
Whatever leaks out of them
asuciyeva pasavati, duggandhaṃyeva pasavati, jegucchiyaṃyeva pasavati.
is filthy, stinking, and disgusting.
Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ kāye nibbindathā”ti.
So, monks, have no illusion about this body.”

9.16 - AN 9.16 Saññā: Perceptions

16. Saññāsutta
16. Perceptions
“Navayimā, bhikkhave, saññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā.
“monks, these nine perceptions, when developed and cultivated, are very fruitful and beneficial. They culminate in the deathless and end with the deathless.
Katamā nava?
What nine?
Asubhasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā—
The perceptions of ugliness, death, repulsiveness of food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, impermanence, suffering in impermanence, and not-self in suffering, giving up, and fading away.
imā kho, bhikkhave, nava saññā, bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā honti mahānisaṃsā amatogadhā amatapariyosānā”ti.
These nine perceptions, when developed and cultivated, are very fruitful and beneficial. They culminate in the deathless and end with the deathless.”

9.17 - AN 9.17 Kula: Families

17. Kulasutta
17. Families
“Navahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ kulaṃ anupagantvā vā nālaṃ upagantuṃ, upagantvā vā nālaṃ nisīdituṃ.
“monks, visiting a family with nine factors is not worthwhile, or if you’ve already arrived, sitting down is not worthwhile.
Katamehi navahi?
What nine?
Na manāpena paccuṭṭhenti, na manāpena abhivādenti, na manāpena āsanaṃ denti, santamassa pariguhanti, bahukampi thokaṃ denti, paṇītampi lūkhaṃ denti, asakkaccaṃ denti no sakkaccaṃ, na upanisīdanti dhammassavanāya, bhāsitamassa na sussūsanti.
They don’t politely rise, bow, or offer a seat. They hide what they have. Even when they have much they give little. Even when they have refined things they give coarse things. They give carelessly, not carefully. They don’t sit nearby to listen to the Dharmas. When you’re speaking, they don’t listen well.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, navahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ kulaṃ anupagantvā vā nālaṃ upagantuṃ upagantvā vā nālaṃ nisīdituṃ.
Visiting a family with these nine factors is not worthwhile, or if you’ve already arrived, sitting down is not worthwhile.
Navahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgataṃ kulaṃ anupagantvā vā alaṃ upagantuṃ, upagantvā vā alaṃ nisīdituṃ.
Visiting a family with nine factors is worthwhile, or if you’ve already arrived, sitting down is worthwhile.
Katamehi navahi?
What nine?
Manāpena paccuṭṭhenti, manāpena abhivādenti, manāpena āsanaṃ denti, santamassa na pariguhanti, bahukampi bahukaṃ denti, paṇītampi paṇītaṃ denti, sakkaccaṃ denti no asakkaccaṃ, upanisīdanti dhammassavanāya, bhāsitamassa sussūsanti.
They politely rise, bow, and offer a seat. They don’t hide what they have. When they have much they give much. When they have refined things they give refined things. They give carefully, not carelessly. They sit nearby to listen to the Dharmas. When you’re speaking, they listen well.
Imehi kho, bhikkhave, navahaṅgehi samannāgataṃ kulaṃ anupagantvā vā alaṃ upagantuṃ, upagantvā vā alaṃ nisīditun”ti.
Visiting a family with these nine factors is worthwhile, or if you’ve already arrived, sitting down is worthwhile.”

9.18 - AN 9.18 Navaṅguposatha: The Sabbath with Nine Factors

18. Navaṅguposathasutta
18. The Sabbath with Nine Factors
“Navahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato uposatho upavuttho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro.
“monks, the observance of the sabbath with its nine factors is very fruitful and beneficial and splendid and bountiful.
Kathaṃ upavuttho ca, bhikkhave, navahaṅgehi samannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro?
And how should it be observed?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati:
It’s when a noble-one's-disciple reflects:
‘yāvajīvaṃ arahanto pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭiviratā nihitadaṇḍā nihitasatthā lajjī dayāpannā sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampino viharanti;
‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. They are scrupulous and kind, and live full of compassion for all living beings.
ahampajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharāmi.
I, too, for this day and night will give up killing living creatures, renouncing the rod and the sword. I’ll be scrupulous and kind, and live full of compassion for all living beings.
Imināpaṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi; uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti.
I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’
Iminā paṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti … pe …. (1–7.)
This is its first factor. …
‘Yāvajīvaṃ arahanto uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭiviratā nīcaseyyaṃ kappenti—mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā;
‘As long as they live, the perfected ones give up high and luxurious beds. They sleep in a low place, either a small bed or a straw mat.
ahampajja imañca rattiṃ imañca divasaṃ uccāsayanamahāsayanaṃ pahāya uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato nīcaseyyaṃ kappemi—mañcake vā tiṇasanthārake vā.
I, too, for this day and night will give up high and luxurious beds. I’ll sleep in a low place, either a small bed or a straw mat.
Imināpaṅgena arahataṃ anukaromi; uposatho ca me upavuttho bhavissatī’ti.
I will observe the sabbath by doing as the perfected ones do in this respect.’
Iminā aṭṭhamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. (8)
This is its eighth factor.
Mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena pharitvā viharati.
They meditate spreading a heart full of friendly-kindness to one direction, and to the second, and to the third, and to the fourth. In the same way above, below, across, everywhere, all around, they spread a heart full of friendly-kindness to the whole world—abundant, expansive, limitless, free of enmity and ill will.
Iminā navamena aṅgena samannāgato hoti. (9)
This is its ninth factor.
Evaṃ upavuttho kho, bhikkhave, navahaṅgehi samannāgato uposatho mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso mahājutiko mahāvipphāro”ti.
The observance of the sabbath with its nine factors in this way is very fruitful and beneficial and splendid and bountiful.”

9.19 - AN 9.19 Devatā: A Deity

19. Devatāsutta
19. A Deity
“Imañca, bhikkhave, rattiṃ sambahulā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ jetavanaṃ obhāsetvā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho, bhikkhave, tā devatā maṃ etadavocuṃ:
“monks, tonight, several glorious deities, lighting up the entire Jeta’s Grove, came to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me.
‘upasaṅkamiṃsu no, bhante, pubbe manussabhūtānaṃ pabbajitā agārāni.
‘Sir, formerly when we were human beings, renunciates came to our homes.
Te mayaṃ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha, no ca kho abhivādimha.
We politely rose for them, but we didn’t bow.
Tā mayaṃ, bhante, aparipuṇṇakammantā vippaṭisāriniyo paccānutāpiniyo hīnaṃ kāyaṃ upapannā’ti.
And so, having not fulfilled our duty, full of remorse and regret, we were reborn in a lesser realm.’
Aparāpi maṃ, bhikkhave, sambahulā devatā upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ:
Then several other deities came to me and said:
‘upasaṅkamiṃsu no, bhante, pubbe manussabhūtānaṃ pabbajitā agārāni.
‘Sir, formerly when we were human beings, renunciates came to our homes.
Te mayaṃ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha, no ca tesaṃ āsanaṃ adamha.
We politely rose for them and bowed, but we didn’t offer a seat.
Tā mayaṃ, bhante, aparipuṇṇakammantā vippaṭisāriniyo paccānutāpiniyo hīnaṃ kāyaṃ upapannā’ti.
And so, having not fulfilled our duty, full of remorse and regret, we were reborn in a lesser realm.’
Aparāpi maṃ, bhikkhave, sambahulā devatā upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ:
Then several other deities came to me and said:
‘upasaṅkamiṃsu no, bhante, pubbe manussabhūtānaṃ pabbajitā agārāni.
‘Sir, formerly when we were human beings, renunciates came to our homes.
Te mayaṃ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha āsanaṃ adamha, no ca kho yathāsatti yathābalaṃ saṃvibhajimha … pe …
We politely rose for them, bowed, and offered a seat, but we didn’t share as best we could. …’
yathāsatti yathābalaṃ saṃvibhajimha, no ca kho upanisīdimha dhammassavanāya … pe …
‘We didn’t sit nearby to listen to the Dharmas. …’
upanisīdimha dhammassavanāya, no ca kho ohitasotā dhammaṃ suṇimha … pe …
‘We didn’t lend an ear to the Dharmas. …’
ohitasotā ca dhammaṃ suṇimha, no ca kho sutvā dhammaṃ dhārayimha … pe …
‘We didn’t memorize the Dharmas. …’
sutvā ca dhammaṃ dhārayimha, no ca kho dhātānaṃ dhammānaṃ atthaṃ upaparikkhimha … pe …
‘We didn’t examine the meaning of Dharmas we’d memorized. …’
dhātānañca dhammānaṃ atthaṃ upaparikkhimha, no ca kho atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjimha.
‘Having understood the meaning and The Dharma, we didn’t practice accordingly.
Tā mayaṃ, bhante, aparipuṇṇakammantā vippaṭisāriniyo paccānutāpiniyo hīnaṃ kāyaṃ upapannā’ti.
And so, having not fulfilled our duty, full of remorse and regret, we were reborn in a lesser realm.’
Aparāpi maṃ, bhikkhave, sambahulā devatā upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ:
Then several other deities came to me and said:
‘upasaṅkamiṃsu no, bhante, pubbe manussabhūtānaṃ pabbajitā agārāni.
‘Sir, formerly when we were human beings, renunciates came to our homes.
Te mayaṃ, bhante, paccuṭṭhimha abhivādimha, āsanaṃ adamha, yathāsatti yathābalaṃ saṃvibhajimha, upanisīdimha dhammassavanāya, ohitasotā ca dhammaṃ suṇimha, sutvā ca dhammaṃ dhārayimha, dhātānañca dhammānaṃ atthaṃ upaparikkhimha, atthamaññāya dhammamaññāya dhammānudhammaṃ paṭipajjimha.
We politely rose, bowed, and offered them a seat. We shared as best we could. We sat near by to listen to the Dharmas, leant an ear, memorized them, and examined their meaning. Understanding The Dharma and the meaning we practiced accordingly.
Tā mayaṃ, bhante, paripuṇṇakammantā avippaṭisāriniyo apaccānutāpiniyo paṇītaṃ kāyaṃ upapannā’ti.
And so, having fulfilled our duty, free of remorse and regret, we were reborn in a superior realm.’
Etāni, bhikkhave, rukkhamūlāni etāni suññāgārāni. Jhāyatha, bhikkhave, mā pamādattha, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha seyyathāpi tā purimikā devatā”ti.
Here are these roots of trees, and here are these empty huts. Practice jhāna, monks! Don’t be negligent! Don’t regret it later, like those former deities.”

9.20 - AN 9.20 Velāma: About Velāma

20. Velāmasutta
20. About Velāma
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme.
At one time the Buddha was staying near Sāvatthī in Jeta’s Grove, Anāthapiṇḍika’s monastery.
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:
“Api nu te, gahapati, kule dānaṃ dīyatī”ti?
“Householder, I wonder whether your family gives gifts?”
“Dīyati me, bhante, kule dānaṃ;
“It does, sir.
tañca kho lūkhaṃ kaṇājakaṃ biḷaṅgadutiyan”ti.
But only coarse gruel with pickles.”
“Lūkhañcepi, gahapati, dānaṃ deti paṇītaṃ vā;
“Householder, someone might give a gift that’s either coarse or fine.
tañca asakkaccaṃ deti, acittīkatvā deti, asahatthā deti, apaviddhaṃ deti, anāgamanadiṭṭhiko deti.
But they give it carelessly, thoughtlessly, not with their own hand. They give the dregs, and they give without consideration for consequences.
Yattha yattha tassa tassa dānassa vipāko nibbattati, na uḷārāya bhattabhogāya cittaṃ namati, na uḷārāya vatthabhogāya cittaṃ namati, na uḷārāya yānabhogāya cittaṃ namati, na uḷāresu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu bhogāya cittaṃ namati.
Then wherever the result of any such gift manifests, their mind doesn’t tend to enjoy nice food, clothes, vehicles, or the five refined kinds of sensual stimulation.
Yepissa te honti puttāti vā dārāti vā dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā, tepi na sussūsanti na sotaṃ odahanti na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapenti.
And their children, wives, bondservants, employees, and workers don’t want to listen to them. They don’t pay attention or try to understand.
Taṃ kissa hetu?
Why is that?
Evañhetaṃ, gahapati, hoti asakkaccaṃ katānaṃ kammānaṃ vipāko.
Because that is the result of deeds done carelessly.
Lūkhañcepi, gahapati, dānaṃ deti paṇītaṃ vā;
Someone might give a gift that’s either coarse or fine.
tañca sakkaccaṃ deti, cittīkatvā deti, sahatthā deti, anapaviddhaṃ deti, āgamanadiṭṭhiko deti.
And they give it carefully, thoughtfully, with their own hand. They don’t give the dregs, and they give with consideration for consequences.
Yattha yattha tassa tassa dānassa vipāko nibbattati, uḷārāya bhattabhogāya cittaṃ namati, uḷārāya vatthabhogāya cittaṃ namati, uḷārāya yānabhogāya cittaṃ namati, uḷāresu pañcasu kāmaguṇesu bhogāya cittaṃ namati.
Then wherever the result of any such gift manifests, their mind tends to enjoy nice food, clothes, vehicles, or the five refined kinds of sensual stimulation.
Yepissa te honti puttāti vā dārāti vā dāsāti vā pessāti vā kammakarāti vā, tepi sussūsanti sotaṃ odahanti aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapenti.
And their children, wives, bondservants, employees, and workers want to listen. They pay attention and try to understand.
Taṃ kissa hetu?
Why is that?
Evañhetaṃ, gahapati, hoti sakkaccaṃ katānaṃ kammānaṃ vipāko.
Because that is the result of deeds done carefully.
Bhūtapubbaṃ, gahapati, velāmo nāma brāhmaṇo ahosi.
Once upon a time, householder, there was a brahmin named Velāma.
So evarūpaṃ dānaṃ adāsi mahādānaṃ.
He gave the following gift, a great offering.
Caturāsīti suvaṇṇapātisahassāni adāsi rūpiyapūrāni, caturāsīti rūpiyapātisahassāni adāsi suvaṇṇapūrāni, caturāsīti kaṃsapātisahassāni adāsi hiraññapūrāni, caturāsīti hatthisahassāni adāsi sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālappaṭicchannāni, caturāsīti rathasahassāni adāsi sīhacammaparivārāni byagghacammaparivārāni dīpicammaparivārāni paṇḍukambalaparivārāni sovaṇṇālaṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālappaṭicchannāni, caturāsīti dhenusahassāni adāsi dukūlasandhanāni kaṃsūpadhāraṇāni, caturāsīti kaññāsahassāni adāsi āmuttamaṇikuṇḍalāyo, caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni adāsi gonakatthatāni paṭikatthatāni paṭalikatthatāni kadalimigapavarapaccattharaṇāni sauttaracchadāni ubhatolohitakūpadhānāni, caturāsīti vatthakoṭisahassāni adāsi khomasukhumānaṃ koseyyasukhumānaṃ kambalasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ, ko pana vādo annassa pānassa khajjassa bhojjassa leyyassa peyyassa, najjo maññe vissandanti.
84,000 gold bowls filled with silver. 84,000 silver bowls filled with gold. 84,000 bronze bowls filled with gold coins. 84,000 elephants with gold adornments and banners, covered with gold netting. 84,000 chariots upholstered with the hide of lions, tigers, and leopards, and cream rugs, with gold adornments and banners, covered with gold netting. 84,000 milk cows with silken reins and bronze pails. 84,000 maidens bedecked with jewels and earrings. 84,000 couches spread with woolen covers—shag-piled, pure white, or embroidered with flowers—and spread with a fine deer hide, with canopies above and red pillows at both ends. 8,400,000,000 fine cloths of linen, silk, wool, and cotton. And who can say how much food, drink, snacks, meals, refreshments, and beverages? It seemed to flow like a river.
Siyā kho pana te, gahapati, evamassa:
Householder, you might think:
‘añño nūna tena samayena velāmo brāhmaṇo ahosi, so taṃ dānaṃ adāsi mahādānan’ti.
‘Surely the brahmin Velāma must have been someone else at that time?’
Na kho panetaṃ, gahapati, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.
But you should not see it like this.
Ahaṃ tena samayena velāmo brāhmaṇo ahosiṃ.
I myself was the brahmin Velāma at that time.
Ahaṃ taṃ dānaṃ adāsiṃ mahādānaṃ.
I gave that gift, a great offering.
Tasmiṃ kho pana, gahapati, dāne na koci dakkhiṇeyyo ahosi, na taṃ koci dakkhiṇaṃ visodheti.
But at that event there was no-one worthy of a teacher’s offering, and no-one to purify the teacher’s offering.
Yaṃ, gahapati, velāmo brāhmaṇo dānaṃ adāsi mahādānaṃ, yo cekaṃ diṭṭhisampannaṃ bhojeyya, idaṃ tato mahapphalataraṃ.
It would be more fruitful to feed one person accomplished in view than that great offering of Velāma.
() Yo ca sataṃ diṭṭhisampannānaṃ bhojeyya, yo cekaṃ sakadāgāmiṃ bhojeyya, idaṃ tato mahapphalataraṃ.
It would be more fruitful to feed one once-returner than a hundred persons accomplished in view.
() Yo ca sataṃ sakadāgāmīnaṃ bhojeyya, yo cekaṃ anāgāmiṃ bhojeyya … pe …
It would be more fruitful to feed one non-returner than a hundred once-returners.
yo ca sataṃ anāgāmīnaṃ bhojeyya, yo cekaṃ arahantaṃ bhojeyya … pe …
It would be more fruitful to feed one perfected one than a hundred non-returners.
yo ca sataṃ arahantānaṃ bhojeyya, yo cekaṃ paccekabuddhaṃ bhojeyya … pe …
It would be more fruitful to feed one Buddha awakened for themselves than a hundred perfected ones.
yo ca sataṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ bhojeyya, yo ca tathāgataṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ bhojeyya … pe …
It would be more fruitful to feed one Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha than a hundred Buddhas awakened for themselves.
yo ca buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṃghaṃ bhojeyya … pe …
It would be more fruitful to feed the monk Saṅgha headed by the Buddha than to feed one Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha.
yo ca cātuddisaṃ saṃghaṃ uddissa vihāraṃ kārāpeyya … pe …
It would be more fruitful to build a dwelling especially for the Saṅgha of the four quarters than to feed the monk Saṅgha headed by the Buddha.
yo ca pasannacitto buddhañca dhammañca saṃghañca saraṇaṃ gaccheyya … pe …
It would be more fruitful to go for refuge to the Buddha, The Dharma, and the Saṅgha with a confident heart than to build a dwelling for the Saṅgha of the four quarters.
yo ca pasannacitto sikkhāpadāni samādiyeyya—
It would be more fruitful to undertake the training rules—not to kill living creatures, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or take alcoholic drinks that cause negligence—than to go for refuge to the Buddha, The Dharma, and the Saṅgha with a confident heart.
pāṇātipātā veramaṇiṃ, adinnādānā veramaṇiṃ, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇiṃ, musāvādā veramaṇiṃ, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiṃ, yo ca antamaso gandhohanamattampi mettacittaṃ bhāveyya, () idaṃ tato mahapphalataraṃ.
It would be more fruitful to develop a heart of friendly kindness—even just as long as it takes to pull a cow’s udder—than to undertake the training rules.
Yañca, gahapati, velāmo brāhmaṇo dānaṃ adāsi mahādānaṃ, yo cekaṃ diṭṭhisampannaṃ bhojeyya …
It would be more fruitful develop the perception of impermanence—even for as long as a finger snap—than to do all of these things, including developing a heart of friendly-kindness for as long as it takes to pull a cow’s udder.”
yo ca sataṃ diṭṭhisampannānaṃ bhojeyya, yo cekaṃ sakadāgāmiṃ bhojeyya …
yo ca sataṃ sakadāgāmīnaṃ bhojeyya, yo cekaṃ anāgāmiṃ bhojeyya …
yo ca sataṃ anāgāmīnaṃ bhojeyya, yo cekaṃ arahantaṃ bhojeyya …
yo ca sataṃ arahantānaṃ bhojeyya, yo cekaṃ paccekabuddhaṃ bhojeyya …
yo ca sataṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ bhojeyya, yo ca tathāgataṃ arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ bhojeyya …
yo ca buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ bhojeyya, yo ca cātuddisaṃ saṅghaṃ uddissa vihāraṃ kārāpeyya …
yo ca pasannacitto buddhañca dhammañca saṅghañca saraṇaṃ gaccheyya, yo ca pasannacitto sikkhāpadāni samādiyeyya—
pāṇātipātā veramaṇiṃ … pe … surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā veramaṇiṃ, yo ca antamaso gandhohanamattampi mettacittaṃ bhāveyya, yo ca accharāsaṅghātamattampi aniccasaññaṃ bhāveyya, idaṃ tato mahapphalataran”ti.
Aṅguttara Nikāya 9
Numbered Discourses 9

9..3.. - AN 9 vagga 3 Sattāvāsa: Abodes of Sentient Beings

3. Sattāvāsavagga
3. Abodes of Sentient Beings

9.21 - AN 9.21 Tiṭhāna: In Three Particulars

21. Tiṭhānasutta
21. In Three Particulars
“Tīhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehi uttarakurukā manussā deve ca tāvatiṃse adhiggaṇhanti jambudīpake ca manusse.
“The humans of Uttarakuru surpass the gods of the Thirty-Three and the humans of India in three particulars.
Katamehi tīhi?
What three?
Amamā, apariggahā, niyatāyukā, visesaguṇā—
They’re selfless and not possessive. They have a fixed life span. They have a distinctive nature.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi ṭhānehi uttarakurukā manussā deve ca tāvatiṃse adhiggaṇhanti jambudīpake ca manusse.
The humans of Uttarakuru surpass the gods of the Thirty-Three and the humans of India in these three particulars.
Tīhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehi devā tāvatiṃsā uttarakuruke ca manusse adhiggaṇhanti jambudīpake ca manusse.
The gods of the Thirty-Three surpass the humans of Uttarakuru and India in three particulars.
Katamehi tīhi?
What three?
Dibbena āyunā, dibbena vaṇṇena, dibbena sukhena—
Divine life span, beauty, and happiness.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi ṭhānehi devā tāvatiṃsā uttarakuruke ca manusse adhiggaṇhanti jambudīpake ca manusse.
The gods of the Thirty-Three surpass the humans of Uttarakuru and India in these three particulars.
Tīhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehi jambudīpakā manussā uttarakuruke ca manusse adhiggaṇhanti deve ca tāvatiṃse.
The humans of India surpass the humans of Uttarakuru and the gods of the Thirty-Three in three particulars.
Katamehi tīhi?
What three?
Sūrā, satimanto, idha brahmacariyavāso—
Bravery, remembering, and the spiritual life is lived here.
imehi kho, bhikkhave, tīhi ṭhānehi jambudīpakā manussā uttarakuruke ca manusse adhiggaṇhanti deve ca tāvatiṃse”ti.
The humans of India surpass the humans of Uttarakuru and the gods of the Thirty-Three in these three particulars.

9.22 - AN 9.22 Assakhaḷuṅka: A Wild Colt

22. Assakhaḷuṅkasutta
22. A Wild Colt
“Tayo ca, bhikkhave, assakhaḷuṅke desessāmi tayo ca purisakhaḷuṅke tayo ca assaparasse tayo ca purisaparasse tayo ca bhadde assājānīye tayo ca bhadde purisājānīye.
“monks, I will teach you about three wild colts and three wild people; three excellent horses and three excellent people; and three fine thoroughbred horses and three fine thoroughbred people.
Taṃ suṇātha. ()
Listen and pay close attention, I will speak.
Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo assakhaḷuṅkā?
And what are the three wild colts?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assakhaḷuṅko javasampanno hoti, na vaṇṇasampanno, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno.
One wild colt is fast, but not beautiful or well proportioned.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco assakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno.
Another wild colt is fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco assakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca.
While another wild colt is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo assakhaḷuṅkā.
These are the three wild colts.
Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo purisakhaḷuṅkā?
And what are the three wild people?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno hoti, na vaṇṇasampanno, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno.
One wild person is fast, but not beautiful or well proportioned.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno.
Another wild person is fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned.
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca.
While another wild person is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.
Kathañca, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno hoti, na vaṇṇasampanno na ārohapariṇāhasampanno?
And how is a wild person fast, but not beautiful or well proportioned?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
It’s when a monk truly understands: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Idamassa javasmiṃ vadāmi.
This is how they’re quick, I say.
Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṃ puṭṭho saṃsādeti, no vissajjeti.
But when asked a question about The Dharma or training, they falter without answering.
Idamassa na vaṇṇasmiṃ vadāmi.
This is how they’re not beautiful, I say.
Na kho pana lābhī hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ.
And they don’t receive robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
Idamassa na ārohapariṇāhasmiṃ vadāmi.
This is how they’re not well proportioned, I say.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno hoti, na vaṇṇasampanno na ārohapariṇāhasampanno.
This is how a wild person is fast, but not beautiful or well proportioned.
Kathañca, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno?
And how is a wild person fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
They truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Idamassa javasmiṃ vadāmi.
This is how they’re quick, I say.
Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeti, no saṃsādeti.
When asked a question about The Dharma or training, they answer without faltering.
Idamassa vaṇṇasmiṃ vadāmi.
This is how they’re beautiful, I say.
Na kho pana lābhī hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ.
But they don’t receive robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
Idamassa na ārohapariṇāhasmiṃ vadāmi.
This is how they’re not well proportioned, I say.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca, na ārohapariṇāhasampanno.
This is how a wild person is fast and beautiful, but not well proportioned.
Kathañca, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca?
And how is a wild person fast, beautiful, and well proportioned?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkhan’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti … pe … ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti.
They truly understand: ‘This is suffering’ … ‘This is the origin of suffering’ … ‘This is the cessation of suffering’ … ‘This is the practice that leads to the cessation of suffering’.
Idamassa javasmiṃ vadāmi.
This is how they’re quick, I say.
Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeti, no saṃsādeti.
When asked a question about The Dharma or training, they answer without faltering.
Idamassa vaṇṇasmiṃ vadāmi.
This is how they’re beautiful, I say.
Lābhī kho pana hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ.
They receive robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
Idamassa ārohapariṇāhasmiṃ vadāmi.
This is how they’re well proportioned, I say.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, purisakhaḷuṅko javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca.
This is how a wild person is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo purisakhaḷuṅkā.
These are the three wild people.
Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo assaparassā?
And what are the three excellent horses?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco assaparasso … pe …
One excellent horse …
javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca.
is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo assaparassā.
These are the three excellent horses.
Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo purisaparassā?
What are the three excellent people?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco purisaparasso … pe …
One excellent person …
javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca.
is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.
Kathañca, bhikkhave, purisaparasso … pe …
And how is an excellent person …
javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca?
fast, beautiful, and well proportioned?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti, tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.
It’s when a monk, with the ending of the five lower fetters, is reborn spontaneously. They’re nirvana'd there, and are not liable to return from that world.
Idamassa javasmiṃ vadāmi.
This is how they’re quick, I say.
Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeti, no saṃsādeti.
When asked a question about The Dharma or training, they answer without faltering.
Idamassa vaṇṇasmiṃ vadāmi.
This is how they’re beautiful, I say.
Lābhī kho pana hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ.
They receive robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
Idamassa ārohapariṇāhasmiṃ vadāmi.
This is how they’re well proportioned, I say.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, purisaparasso javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca.
This is how an excellent person fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo purisaparassā.
These are the three excellent people.
Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo bhaddā assājānīyā?
And what are the three fine thoroughbred horses?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco bhaddo assājānīyo … pe …
One fine thoroughbred horse …
javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca.
is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo bhaddā assājānīyā.
These are the three fine thoroughbred horses.
Katame ca, bhikkhave, tayo bhaddā purisājānīyā?
And what are the three fine thoroughbred people?
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco bhaddo purisājānīyo … pe …
One fine thoroughbred person …
javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca.
is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhaddo purisājānīyo … pe …
And how is a fine thoroughbred person …
javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca?
fast, beautiful, and well proportioned?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.
It’s a monk who realizes the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life. And they live having realized it with their own insight due to the ending of defilements.
Idamassa javasmiṃ vadāmi.
This is how they’re quick, I say.
Abhidhamme kho pana abhivinaye pañhaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeti, no saṃsādeti.
When asked a question about The Dharma or training, they answer without faltering.
Idamassa vaṇṇasmiṃ vadāmi.
This is how they’re beautiful, I say.
Lābhī kho pana hoti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ.
They receive robes, alms-food, lodgings, and medicines and supplies for the sick.
Idamassa ārohapariṇāhasmiṃ vadāmi.
This is how they’re well proportioned, I say.
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhaddo purisājānīyo javasampanno ca hoti vaṇṇasampanno ca ārohapariṇāhasampanno ca.
This is how a fine thoroughbred person is fast, beautiful, and well proportioned.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, tayo bhaddā purisājānīyā”ti.
These are the three fine thoroughbred people.”

9.23 - AN 9.23 Taṇhāmūlaka: Rooted in Craving

23. Taṇhāmūlakasutta
23. Rooted in Craving
“Nava, bhikkhave, taṇhāmūlake dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha.
“monks, I will teach you about nine things rooted in craving.
Katame ca, bhikkhave, nava taṇhāmūlakā dhammā?
And what are the nine things rooted in craving?
Taṇhaṃ paṭicca pariyesanā, pariyesanaṃ paṭicca lābho, lābhaṃ paṭicca vinicchayo, vinicchayaṃ paṭicca chandarāgo, chandarāgaṃ paṭicca ajjhosānaṃ, ajjhosānaṃ paṭicca pariggaho, pariggahaṃ paṭicca macchariyaṃ, macchariyaṃ paṭicca ārakkho, ārakkhādhikaraṇaṃ daṇḍādānaṃ satthādānaṃ kalahaviggahavivādatuvaṃtuvaṃpesuññamusāvādā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā sambhavanti.
Craving is a cause for seeking. Seeking is a cause for gaining material possessions. Gaining material possessions is a cause for assessing. Assessing is a cause for desire and lust. Desire and lust is a cause for attachment. Attachment is a cause for possessiveness. Possessiveness is a cause for stinginess. Stinginess is a cause for safeguarding. Owing to safeguarding, many bad, unskillful things come to be: taking up the rod and the sword, quarrels, arguments, and fights, accusations, divisive speech, and lies.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, nava taṇhāmūlakā dhammā”ti.
These are the nine things rooted in craving.”

9.24 - AN 9.24 Sattāvāsa: Abodes of Sentient Beings

24. Sattāvāsasutta
24. Abodes of Sentient Beings
“Navayime, bhikkhave, sattāvāsā.
“monks, there are nine abodes of sentient beings.
Katame nava?
What nine?
Santi, bhikkhave, sattā nānattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi manussā, ekacce ca devā, ekacce ca vinipātikā.
There are sentient beings that are diverse in body and diverse in perception, such as human beings, some gods, and some beings in the underworld.
Ayaṃ paṭhamo sattāvāso. (1)
This is the first abode of sentient beings.
Santi, bhikkhave, sattā nānattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā brahmakāyikā paṭhamābhinibbattā.
There are sentient beings that are diverse in body and unified in perception, such as the gods reborn in Brahmā’s Group through the first jhāna.
Ayaṃ dutiyo sattāvāso. (2)
This is the second abode of sentient beings.
Santi, bhikkhave, sattā ekattakāyā nānattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā ābhassarā.
There are sentient beings that are unified in body and diverse in perception, such as the gods of streaming radiance.
Ayaṃ tatiyo sattāvāso. (3)
This is the third abode of sentient beings.
Santi, bhikkhave, sattā ekattakāyā ekattasaññino, seyyathāpi devā subhakiṇhā.
There are sentient beings that are unified in body and unified in perception, such as the gods replete with glory.
Ayaṃ catuttho sattāvāso. (4)
This is the fourth abode of sentient beings.
Santi, bhikkhave, sattā asaññino appaṭisaṃvedino, seyyathāpi devā asaññasattā.
There are sentient beings that are non-percipient and do not experience anything, such as the gods who are non-percipient beings.
Ayaṃ pañcamo sattāvāso. (5)
This is the fifth abode of sentient beings.
Santi, bhikkhave, sattā sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanūpagā.
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond perceptions of form. With the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they have been reborn in the dimension of infinite space.
Ayaṃ chaṭṭho sattāvāso. (6)
This is the sixth abode of sentient beings.
Santi, bhikkhave, sattā sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanūpagā.
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of infinite space. Aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they have been reborn in the dimension of infinite consciousness.
Ayaṃ sattamo sattāvāso. (7)
This is the seventh abode of sentient beings.
Santi, bhikkhave, sattā sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanūpagā.
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness. Aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they have been reborn in the dimension of nothingness.
Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo sattāvāso. (8)
This is the eighth abode of sentient beings.
Santi, bhikkhave, sattā sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpagā.
There are sentient beings that have gone totally beyond the dimension of nothingness. They have been reborn in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.
Ayaṃ navamo sattāvāso. (9)
This is the ninth abode of sentient beings.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, nava sattāvāsā”ti.
These are the nine abodes of sentient beings.”

9.25 - AN 9.25 Paññā: Consolidated by Wisdom

25. Paññāsutta
25. Consolidated by Wisdom
“Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paññāya cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti, tassetaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṃ vacanāya:
“monks, when a monk’s mind has been well consolidated with wisdom it’s appropriate for them to say:
‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’ti.
‘I understand: “Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is no return to any state of existence.’
Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paññāya cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti?
And how is a monk’s mind well consolidated with wisdom?
‘Vītarāgaṃ me cittan’ti paññāya cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
The mind is well consolidated with wisdom when they know: ‘My mind is without greed.’
‘vītadosaṃ me cittan’ti paññāya cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
… ‘My mind is without hate.’
‘vītamohaṃ me cittan’ti paññāya cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
… ‘My mind is without delusion.’
‘asarāgadhammaṃ me cittan’ti paññāya cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
… ‘My mind is not liable to become greedy.’
‘asadosadhammaṃ me cittan’ti paññāya cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
… ‘My mind is not liable to become hateful.’
‘asamohadhammaṃ me cittan’ti paññāya cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
… ‘My mind is not liable to become deluded.’
‘anāvattidhammaṃ me cittaṃ kāmabhavāyā’ti paññāya cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
… ‘My mind is not liable to return to rebirth in the sensual realm.’
‘anāvattidhammaṃ me cittaṃ rūpabhavāyā’ti paññāya cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
… ‘My mind is not liable to return to rebirth in the realm of luminous form.’
‘anāvattidhammaṃ me cittaṃ arūpabhavāyā’ti paññāya cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti.
… ‘My mind is not liable to return to rebirth in the formless realm.’
Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paññāya cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti, tassetaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kallaṃ vacanāya:
When a monk’s mind has been well consolidated with wisdom it’s appropriate for them to say:
‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’”ti.
‘I understand: “Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is no return to any state of existence.”’

9.26 - AN 9.26 Silāyūpa: The Simile of the Stone Pillar

26. Silāyūpasutta
26. The Simile of the Stone Pillar
()
So I have heard.
Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca candikāputto rājagahe viharanti veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.
At one time the Buddha was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Tatra kho āyasmā candikāputto bhikkhū āmantesi ():
There Venerable Candikāputta addressed the monks:
“devadatto, āvuso, bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ dhammaṃ deseti:
“Reverends, Devadatta teaches the monks like this:
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṃ hoti, tassetaṃ bhikkhuno kallaṃ veyyākaraṇāya—
‘When a monk’s mind is solidified by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say:
khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’”ti.
“I understand: ‘Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is no return to any state of existence.’”’”
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ candikāputtaṃ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Sāriputta said to him:
“na kho, āvuso candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ dhammaṃ deseti:
“Reverend Candikāputta, Devadatta does not teach the monks like that.
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṃ hoti, tassetaṃ bhikkhuno kallaṃ veyyākaraṇāya—
khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’ti.
Evañca kho, āvuso, candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseti:
He teaches like this:
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti, tassetaṃ bhikkhuno kallaṃ veyyākaraṇāya—
‘When a monk’s mind is well consolidated by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say:
khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’”ti.
“I understand: ‘Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is no return to any state of existence.’”’”
Dutiyampi kho āyasmā candikāputto bhikkhū āmantesi:
For a second time …
“devadatto, āvuso, bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ dhammaṃ deseti:
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṃ hoti, tassetaṃ bhikkhuno kallaṃ veyyākaraṇāya—
khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’”ti.
Dutiyampi kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ candikāputtaṃ etadavoca:
“na kho, āvuso candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ dhammaṃ deseti:
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṃ hoti, tassetaṃ bhikkhuno kallaṃ veyyākaraṇāya—
khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’ti.
Evañca kho, āvuso candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseti:
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti, tassetaṃ bhikkhuno kallaṃ veyyākaraṇāya—
khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’”ti.
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā candikāputto bhikkhū āmantesi:
And for a third time Venerable Candikāputta addressed the monks …
“devadatto, āvuso, bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ dhammaṃ deseti:
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṃ hoti, tassetaṃ bhikkhuno kallaṃ veyyākaraṇāya—
khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’”ti.
Tatiyampi kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ candikāputtaṃ etadavoca:
And for a third time, Sāriputta said to him:
“na kho, āvuso candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṃ evaṃ dhammaṃ deseti:
“Reverend Candikāputta, Devadatta does not teach the monks like that.
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā citaṃ hoti, tassetaṃ bhikkhuno kallaṃ veyyākaraṇāya—
khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’ti.
Evañca kho, āvuso candikāputta, devadatto bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ deseti:
He teaches like this:
‘yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti, tassetaṃ bhikkhuno kallaṃ veyyākaraṇāya—
‘When a monk’s mind is well consolidated by heart, it’s appropriate for them to say:
khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’ti.
“I understand: ‘Rebirth is ended, the spiritual journey has been completed, what had to be done has been done, there is no return to any state of existence.’”’
Kathañca, āvuso, bhikkhuno cetasā cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti?
And how is a monk’s mind well consolidated with heart?
‘Vītarāgaṃ me cittan’ti cetasā cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
The mind is well consolidated with heart when they know: ‘My mind is without greed.’
‘vītadosaṃ me cittan’ti cetasā cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
… ‘My mind is without hate.’
‘vītamohaṃ me cittan’ti cetasā cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
… ‘My mind is without delusion.’
‘asarāgadhammaṃ me cittan’ti cetasā cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
… ‘My mind is not liable to become greedy.’
‘asadosadhammaṃ me cittan’ti cetasā cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
… ‘My mind is not liable to become hateful.’
‘asamohadhammaṃ me cittan’ti cetasā cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
… ‘My mind is not liable to become deluded.’
‘anāvattidhammaṃ me cittaṃ kāmabhavāyā’ti cetasā cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
… ‘My mind is not liable to return to rebirth in the sensual realm.’
‘anāvattidhammaṃ me cittaṃ rūpabhavāyā’ti cetasā cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti;
… ‘My mind is not liable to return to rebirth in the realm of luminous form.’
‘anāvattidhammaṃ me cittaṃ arūpabhavāyā’ti cetasā cittaṃ suparicitaṃ hoti.
… ‘My mind is not liable to return to rebirth in the formless realm.’
Evaṃ sammā vimuttacittassa kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno bhusā cepi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṃ pariyādiyanti;
When a monk’s mind is rightly freed like this, even if compelling sights come into the range of vision they don’t occupy their mind.
amissīkatamevassa cittaṃ hoti ṭhitaṃ āneñjappattaṃ, vayaṃ cassānupassati.
The mind remains unaffected. It is steady, imperturbable, observing disappearance.
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, silāyūpo soḷasakukkuko.
Suppose there was a stone pillar, sixteen feet long.
Tassassu aṭṭha kukkū heṭṭhā nemaṅgamā, aṭṭha kukkū upari nemassa.
Eight feet were buried underground, and eight above ground.
Atha puratthimāya cepi disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi, neva naṃ saṅkampeyya na sampavedheyya;
And violent storms were to blow up out of the east, the west, the north, and the south.
atha pacchimāya …
atha uttarāya …
atha dakkhiṇāya cepi disāya āgaccheyya bhusā vātavuṭṭhi, neva naṃ saṅkampeyya na sampavedheyya.
They couldn’t make it tremor and tremble and quake.
Taṃ kissa hetu?
Why is that?
Gambhīrattā, āvuso, nemassa, sunikhātattā silāyūpassa.
It’s because that boundary pillar is firmly embedded, with deep foundations.
Evamevaṃ kho, āvuso, sammā vimuttacittassa bhikkhuno bhusā cepi cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā cakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṃ pariyādiyanti;
In the same way, when a monk’s mind is rightly freed like this, even if compelling sights come into the range of vision they don’t occupy their mind.
amissīkatamevassa cittaṃ hoti ṭhitaṃ āneñjappattaṃ, vayaṃ cassānupassati.
The mind remains unaffected. It is steady, imperturbable, observing disappearance.
Bhusā cepi sotaviññeyyā saddā …
If even compelling sounds …
ghānaviññeyyā gandhā …
smells …
jivhāviññeyyā rasā …
tastes …
kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā …
touches …
manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṃ pariyādiyanti;
and thoughts come into the range of the mind they don’t occupy the mind.
amissīkatamevassa cittaṃ hoti ṭhitaṃ āneñjappattaṃ, vayaṃ cassānupassatī”ti.
The mind remains unaffected. It is steady, imperturbable, observing disappearance.”

9.27 - AN 9.27 Paṭhamavera: Dangers and Threats (1st)

27. Paṭhamaverasutta
27. Dangers and Threats (1st)
Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca:
Then the householder Anāthapiṇḍika went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. The Buddha said to him:
“Yato kho, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, catūhi ca sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya:
“Householder, when a noble-one's-disciple has quelled five dangers and threats, and has the four factors of stream-entry, they may, if they wish, declare of themselves:
‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti.
‘I’ve finished with rebirth in hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. I’ve finished with all places of loss, bad places, the underworld. I am a stream-enterer! I’m not liable to be reborn in the underworld, and am bound for awakening.’
Katamāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti?
What are the five dangers and threats they have quelled?
Yaṃ, gahapati, pāṇātipātī pāṇātipātapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato neva diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, na samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, na cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
Anyone who kills living creatures creates dangers and threats both in the present life and in lives to come, and experiences mental pain and sadness. Anyone who refrains from killing living creatures creates no dangers and threats either in the present life or in lives to come, and doesn’t experience mental pain and sadness.
Pāṇātipātā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti. (1)
So that danger and threat is quelled for anyone who refrains from killing living creatures.
Yaṃ, gahapati, adinnādāyī … pe …
Anyone who steals …
kāmesumicchācārī …
Anyone who commits sexual misconduct …
musāvādī …
Anyone who lies …
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato neva diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, na samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, na cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
Anyone who uses alcoholic drinks that cause negligence creates dangers and threats both in the present life and in lives to come, and experiences mental pain and sadness. Anyone who refrains from using alcoholic drinks that cause negligence creates no dangers and threats either in the present life or in lives to come, and doesn’t experience mental pain and sadness.
Surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti. (4–5.)
So that danger and threat is quelled for anyone who refrains from using alcoholic drinks that cause negligence.
Imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti.
These are the five dangers and threats they have quelled.
“Katamehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti?
What are the four factors of stream-entry that they have?
Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti:
It’s when a noble-one's-disciple has experiential confidence in the Buddha:
‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti. (6)
‘That Blessed One is perfected, a fully awakened Buddha, accomplished in knowledge and conduct, holy, knower of the world, supreme guide for those who wish to train, teacher of gods and humans, awakened, blessed.’
Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti:
They have experiential confidence in The Dharma:
‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti. (7)
‘The Dharma is well explained by the Buddha—realizable in this very life, immediately effective, inviting inspection, relevant, so that sensible people can know it for themselves.’
Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti:
They have experiential confidence in the Saṅgha:
‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho; yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti. (8)
‘The Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples is practicing the way that’s good, straightforward, methodical, and proper. It consists of the four pairs, the eight individuals. This is the Saṅgha of the Buddha’s disciples that is worthy of offerings dedicated to the gods, worthy of hospitality, worthy of a teacher’s offering, worthy of greeting with joined palms, and is the supreme field of merit for the world.’
Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.
And a noble-one's-disciple’s ethical conduct is loved by the noble ones, uncorrupted, unflawed, unblemished, untainted, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to undistractible-lucidity.
Imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti. (9)
These are the four factors of stream-entry that they have.
Yato kho, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, imehi ca catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya:
When a noble-one's-disciple has quelled these five dangers and threats, and has these four factors of stream-entry, they may, if they wish, declare of themselves:
‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto; sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’”ti.
‘I’ve finished with rebirth in hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. I’ve finished with all places of loss, bad places, the underworld. I am a stream-enterer! I’m not liable to be reborn in the underworld, and am bound for awakening.’”

9.28 - AN 9.28 Dutiyavera: Dangers and Threats (2nd)

28. Dutiyaverasutta
28. Dangers and Threats (2nd)
“Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, catūhi ca sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya:
“monks, when a noble-one's-disciple has quelled five dangers and threats, and has the four factors of stream-entry, they may, if they wish, declare of themselves:
‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto; sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’”ti.
‘I’ve finished with rebirth in hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. I’ve finished with all places of loss, bad places, the underworld. I am a stream-enterer! I’m not liable to be reborn in the underworld, and am bound for awakening.’
Katamāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti?
What are the five dangers and threats they have quelled?
Yaṃ, bhikkhave, pāṇātipātī pāṇātipātapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, pāṇātipātā paṭivirato … pe …
Anyone who kills living creatures creates dangers and threats both in the present life and in lives to come, and experiences mental pain and sadness. Anyone who refrains from killing living creatures creates no dangers and threats either in the present life or in lives to come, and doesn’t experience mental pain and sadness.
evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti.
So that danger and threat is quelled for anyone who refrains from killing living creatures.
Yaṃ, bhikkhave, adinnādāyī … pe …
Anyone who steals … commits sexual misconduct … lies …
surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato neva diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, na samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, na cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
Anyone who uses alcoholic drinks that cause negligence creates dangers and threats both in the present life and in lives to come, and experiences mental pain and sadness. Anyone who refrains from using alcoholic drinks that cause negligence creates no dangers and threats either in the present life or in lives to come, and doesn’t experience mental pain and sadness.
Surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti.
So that danger and threat is quelled for anyone who refrains from using alcoholic drinks that cause negligence.
Imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti.
These are the five dangers and threats they have quelled.
Katamehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti?
What are the four factors of stream-entry that they have?
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti:
When a noble-one's-disciple has experiential confidence in the Buddha …
‘itipi so bhagavā … pe … satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti.
Dhamme … pe …
The Dharma …
saṅghe …
the Saṅgha …
ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.
And a noble-one's-disciple’s ethical conduct is loved by the noble ones, uncorrupted, unflawed, unblemished, untainted, liberating, praised by sensible people, not mistaken, and leading to undistractible-lucidity.
Imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti.
These are the four factors of stream-entry that they have.
Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, imehi ca catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya:
When a noble-one's-disciple has quelled these five dangers and threats, and has these four factors of stream-entry, they may, if they wish, declare of themselves:
‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto; sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’”ti.
‘I’ve finished with rebirth in hell, the animal realm, and the ghost realm. I’ve finished with all places of loss, bad places, the underworld. I am a stream-enterer! I’m not liable to be reborn in the underworld, and am bound for awakening.’”

9.29 - AN 9.29 Āghātavatthu: Grounds for Resentment

29. Āghātavatthusutta
29. Grounds for Resentment
“Navayimāni, bhikkhave, āghātavatthūni.
“monks, there are nine grounds for resentment.
Katamāni nava?
What nine?
‘Anatthaṃ me acarī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati;
Thinking: ‘They did wrong to me,’ you harbor resentment.
‘anatthaṃ me caratī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati;
Thinking: ‘They are doing wrong to me’ …
‘anatthaṃ me carissatī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati;
‘They will do wrong to me’ …
‘piyassa me manāpassa anatthaṃ acarī’ti … pe …
‘They did wrong to someone I love’ …
‘anatthaṃ caratī’ti … pe …
‘They are doing wrong to someone I love’ …
‘anatthaṃ carissatī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati;
‘They will do wrong to someone I love’ …
‘appiyassa me amanāpassa atthaṃ acarī’ti … pe …
‘They helped someone I dislike’ …
‘atthaṃ caratī’ti … pe …
They are helping someone I dislike’ …
‘atthaṃ carissatī’ti āghātaṃ bandhati.
Thinking: ‘They will help someone I dislike,’ you harbor resentment.
Imāni kho, bhikkhave, nava āghātavatthūnī”ti.
These are the nine grounds for resentment.”

9.30 - AN 9.30 Āghātapaṭivinaya: Getting Rid of Resentment

30. Āghātapaṭivinayasutta
30. Getting Rid of Resentment
“Navayime, bhikkhave, āghātapaṭivinayā.
“monks, there are these nine methods to get rid of resentment.
Katame nava?
What nine?
‘Anatthaṃ me acari, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṃ paṭivineti;
Thinking: ‘They harmed me, but what can I possibly do?’ you get rid of resentment.
‘anatthaṃ me carati, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṃ paṭivineti;
Thinking: ‘They are harming me …’ …
‘anatthaṃ me carissati, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṃ paṭivineti;
‘They will harm me …’ …
piyassa me manāpassa anatthaṃ acari … pe …
‘They harmed someone I love …’ …
anatthaṃ carati … pe …
‘They are harming someone I love …’
‘anatthaṃ carissati, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṃ paṭivineti;
‘They will harm someone I love …’ …
appiyassa me amanāpassa atthaṃ acari … pe …
‘They helped someone I dislike …’ …
atthaṃ carati … pe …
‘They are helping someone I dislike …’ …
‘atthaṃ carissati, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti āghātaṃ paṭivineti.
Thinking: ‘They will help someone I dislike, but what can I possibly do?’ you get rid of resentment.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, nava āghātapaṭivinayā”ti.
These are the nine methods to get rid of resentment.”

9.31 - AN 9.31 Anupubbanirodha: Progressive Cessations

31. Anupubbanirodhasutta
31. Progressive Cessations
“Navayime, bhikkhave, anupubbanirodhā.
“monks, there are these nine progressive cessations.
Katame nava?
What nine?
Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa kāmasaññā niruddhā hoti;
For someone who has attained the first jhāna, sensual perceptions have ceased.
dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitakkavicārā niruddhā honti;
For someone who has attained the second jhāna, the directed-thought and evaluation have ceased.
tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa pīti niruddhā hoti;
For someone who has attained the third jhāna, mental-joy has ceased.
catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa assāsapassāsā niruddhā honti;
For someone who has attained the fourth jhāna, breathing has ceased.
ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa rūpasaññā niruddhā hoti;
For someone who has attained the dimension of infinite space, the perception of form has ceased.
viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti;
For someone who has attained the dimension of infinite consciousness, the perception of the dimension of infinite space has ceased.
ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti;
For someone who has attained the dimension of nothingness, the perception of the dimension of infinite consciousness has ceased.
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā niruddhā hoti;
For someone who has attained the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, the perception of the dimension of nothingness has ceased.
saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa saññā ca vedanā ca niruddhā honti.
For someone who has attained the cessation of perception and feeling, perception and feeling have ceased.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, nava anupubbanirodhā”ti.
These are the nine progressive cessations.”
Aṅguttara Nikāya 9
Numbered Discourses 9

9..4.. - AN 9 vagga 4 Mahā: The Great Chapter

4. Mahāvagga
4. The Great Chapter

9.32 - AN 9.32 Anupubbavihāra: Progressive Meditations

32. Anupubbavihārasutta
32. Progressive Meditations
“Navayime, bhikkhave, anupubbavihārā.
“monks, there are these nine progressive meditations.
Katame nava?
What nine?
Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ, ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ, viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ, ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ, saññāvedayitanirodho—
The first jhāna, the second jhāna, the third jhāna, the fourth jhāna, the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness, the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, the cessation of perception and feeling.
ime kho, bhikkhave, nava anupubbavihārā”ti.
These are the nine progressive meditations.”

9.33 - AN 9.33 Anupubbavihārasamāpatti: The Nine Progressive Meditative Attainments

33. Anupubbavihārasamāpattisutta
33. The Nine Progressive Meditative Attainments
“Navayimā, bhikkhave, anupubbavihārasamāpattiyo desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha … pe …
“monks, I will teach you the nine progressive meditative attainments …
katamā ca, bhikkhave, nava anupubbavihārasamāpattiyo?
And what are the nine progressive meditative attainments?
Yattha kāmā nirujjhanti, ye ca kāme nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi.
Where sensual pleasures cease, and those who have thoroughly ended sensual pleasures meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, nirvāṇa'd, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’
‘Kattha kāmā nirujjhanti, ke ca kāme nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti—
If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where sensual pleasures cease’,
ahametaṃ na jānāmi ahametaṃ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṃ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo:
they should be told:
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
‘Reverend, it’s when a monk, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures, judiciously-secluded from unskillful Dharmas, attains and lives in the first jhāna, which has the mental-joy and pleasure born of seclusion, while directing-thought and evaluation.
Ettha kāmā nirujjhanti, te ca kāme nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti.
That’s where sensual pleasures cease.’
Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinandeyya anumodeyya;
Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement.
‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya. (1)
They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with joined palms.
Yattha vitakkavicārā nirujjhanti, ye ca vitakkavicāre nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi.
Where the directed-thought and evaluation cease, and those who have thoroughly ended the directed-thought and evaluation meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, nirvāṇa'd, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’
‘Kattha vitakkavicārā nirujjhanti, ke ca vitakkavicāre nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti—
If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where the directed-thought and evaluation cease’,
ahametaṃ na jānāmi ahametaṃ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṃ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo:
they should be told:
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;
‘It’s when a monk, as the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, attains and lives in the second jhāna, which has the mental-joy and pleasure born of undistractible-lucidity, with internal clarity and confidence, and unification of mind, without directing-thought and evaluation.
ettha vitakkavicārā nirujjhanti, te ca vitakkavicāre nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti.
That’s where the directed-thought and evaluation cease.’
Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinandeyya anumodeyya;
Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement.
‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya. (2)
They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with joined palms.
Yattha pīti nirujjhati, ye ca pītiṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi.
Where mental-joy ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended mental-joy meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, nirvāṇa'd, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’
‘Kattha pīti nirujjhati, ke ca pītiṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti—
If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where mental-joy ceases’,
ahametaṃ na jānāmi ahametaṃ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṃ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo:
they should be told:
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā … pe … tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;
‘It’s when a monk, with the fading away of mental-joy, attains and lives in the third jhāna, where they meditate with equanimous-observation, rememberful and aware, personally experiencing pleasure with the flesh and blood physical body of which the noble ones declare, “Equanimous and rememberful, one meditates in pleasure”.
ettha pīti nirujjhati, te ca pītiṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti.
That’s where mental-joy ceases.’
Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinandeyya anumodeyya;
Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement.
‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya. (3)
They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with joined palms.
Yattha upekkhāsukhaṃ nirujjhati, ye ca upekkhāsukhaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi.
Where equanimous pleasure ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended equanimous pleasure meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, nirvāṇa'd, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’
‘Kattha upekkhāsukhaṃ nirujjhati, ke ca upekkhāsukhaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti—
If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where equanimous pleasure ceases’,
ahametaṃ na jānāmi ahametaṃ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṃ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo:
they should be told:
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;
‘It’s when a monk, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, attains and lives in the fourth jhāna, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimous-observation and remembering.
ettha upekkhāsukhaṃ nirujjhati, te ca upekkhāsukhaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti.
That’s where equanimous pleasure ceases.’
Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinandeyya anumodeyya;
Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement.
‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya. (4)
They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with joined palms.
Yattha rūpasaññā nirujjhati, ye ca rūpasaññaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi.
Where perceptions of form ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended perceptions of form meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, nirvāṇa'd, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’
‘Kattha rūpasaññā nirujjhati, ke ca rūpasaññaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti—
If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where perceptions of form ceases’,
ahametaṃ na jānāmi ahametaṃ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṃ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo:
they should be told:
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
‘It’s when a monk, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that “space is infinite”, attains and lives in the dimension of infinite space.
Ettha rūpasaññā nirujjhati, te ca rūpasaññaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti.
That’s where perceptions of form cease.’
Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinandeyya anumodeyya;
Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement.
‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya. (5)
They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with joined palms.
Yattha ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ye ca ākāsānañcāyatanasaññaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi.
Where the perception of the dimension of infinite space ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended the perception of the dimension of infinite space meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, nirvāṇa'd, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’
‘Kattha ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ke ca ākāsānañcāyatanasaññaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti—
If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where the perception of the dimension of infinite space ceases’,
ahametaṃ na jānāmi ahametaṃ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṃ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo:
they should be told:
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma anantaṃ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
‘It’s when a monk, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that “consciousness is infinite”, attains and lives in the dimension of infinite consciousness.
Ettha ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, te ca ākāsānañcāyatanasaññaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti.
That’s where the perception of the dimension of infinite space ceases.’
Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinandeyya anumodeyya;
Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement.
‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya. (6)
They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with joined palms.
Yattha viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ye ca viññāṇañcāyatanasaññaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi.
Where the perception of the dimension of infinite consciousness ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended the perception of the dimension of infinite consciousness meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, nirvāṇa'd, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’
‘Kattha viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ke ca viññāṇañcāyatanasaññaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti—
If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where the perception of the dimension of infinite consciousness ceases’,
ahametaṃ na jānāmi ahametaṃ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṃ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo:
they should be told:
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
‘It’s when a monk—going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness—aware that “there is nothing at all”, attains and lives in the dimension of nothingness.
Ettha viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, te ca viññāṇañcāyatanasaññaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti.
That’s where the perception of the dimension of infinite consciousness ceases.’
Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinandeyya anumodeyya;
Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement.
‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya. (7)
They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with joined palms.
Yattha ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ye ca ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi.
Where the perception of the dimension of nothingness ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended the perception of the dimension of nothingness meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, nirvāṇa'd, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’
‘Kattha ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ke ca ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti—
If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where the perception of the dimension of nothingness ceases’,
ahametaṃ na jānāmi ahametaṃ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṃ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo:
they should be told:
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
‘It’s when a monk—going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness—attains and lives in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.
Ettha ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, te ca ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti.
That’s where the perception of the dimension of nothingness ceases.’
Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinandeyya anumodeyya;
Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement.
‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya. (8)
They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with joined palms.
Yattha nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ye ca nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, ‘addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tadaṅgenā’ti vadāmi.
Where the perception of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception ceases, and those who have thoroughly ended the perception of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception meditate, I say: ‘Clearly those venerables are desireless, nirvāṇa'd, crossed over, and gone beyond in that respect.’
‘Kattha nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, ke ca nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti—
If someone should say, ‘I do not know or see where the perception of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception ceases’,
ahametaṃ na jānāmi ahametaṃ na passāmī’ti, iti yo evaṃ vadeyya, so evamassa vacanīyo:
they should be told:
‘idhāvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati.
‘It’s when a monk—going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception—attains and lives in the cessation of perception and feeling.
Ettha nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññā nirujjhati, te ca nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññaṃ nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharantī’ti.
That’s where the perception of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception ceases.’
Addhā, bhikkhave, asaṭho amāyāvī ‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinandeyya anumodeyya;
Clearly someone who is not devious or deceitful would approve and agree with that statement.
‘sādhū’ti bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā namassamāno pañjaliko payirupāseyya. (9)
They’d say ‘Good!’ and bowing down, they’d pay homage with joined palms.
Imā kho, bhikkhave, nava anupubbavihārasamāpattiyo”ti.
These are the nine progressive meditative attainments.

9.34 - AN 9.34 Nibbānasukha: nirvāṇa is pleasure

34. Nibbānasukhasutta
34. nirvāṇa is pleasure
Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā sāriputto rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe.
At one time Venerable Sāriputta was staying near Rājagaha, in the Bamboo Grove, the squirrels’ feeding ground.
Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto bhikkhū āmantesi:
There he addressed the monks:
“sukhamidaṃ, āvuso, nibbānaṃ.
“Reverends, nirvāṇa is pleasure!
Sukhamidaṃ, āvuso, nibbānan”ti.
nirvāṇa is pleasure!”
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Udāyī said to him:
“kiṃ panettha, āvuso sāriputta, sukhaṃ yadettha natthi vedayitan”ti?
“But Reverend Sāriputta, what’s pleasureful about it, since nothing is felt?”
“Etadeva khvettha, āvuso, sukhaṃ yadettha natthi vedayitaṃ.
“The fact that nothing is felt is precisely what’s pleasureful about it.
Pañcime, āvuso, kāmaguṇā.
Reverend, there are these five kinds of sensual stimulation.
Katame pañca?
What five?
Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā,
Sights known by the eye that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.
sotaviññeyyā saddā … pe …
Sounds known by the ear …
ghānaviññeyyā gandhā …
Smells known by the nose …
jivhāviññeyyā rasā …
Tastes known by the tongue …
kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā—
Touches known by the body that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.
ime kho, āvuso, pañca kāmaguṇā.
These are the five kinds of sensual stimulation.
Yaṃ kho, āvuso, ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, idaṃ vuccatāvuso, kāmasukhaṃ.
The pleasure and happiness that arise from these five kinds of sensual stimulation is called sensual pleasure.

(impure first jhāna: interrupted by impure perceptions)

Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
First, take a monk who, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures … attains and lives in the first jhāna.
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato kāmasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.
While a monk is in such a meditation, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by sensual pleasures beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa te kāmasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho.
In the same way, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by sensual pleasures beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā.
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.
Imināpi kho etaṃ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā sukhaṃ nibbānaṃ. (1)
That’s the way to understand how nirvāṇa is pleasure.

(impure second jhāna: interrupted by impure perceptions)

Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, take a monk who, as the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, attains and lives in the second jhāna.
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato vitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.
While a monk is in such a meditation, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by directed-thought and evaluation beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa te vitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho.
In the same way, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by directed-thought and evaluation beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā.
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.
Imināpi kho etaṃ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā sukhaṃ nibbānaṃ. (2)
That too is a way to understand how nirvāṇa is pleasure.

(impure third jhāna: interrupted by impure perceptions)

Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā … pe … tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, take a monk who, with the fading away of mental-joy, attains and lives in the third jhāna.
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato pītisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.
While a monk is in such a meditation, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by mental-joy beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa te pītisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho.
In the same way, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by mental-joy beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā.
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.
Imināpi kho etaṃ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā sukhaṃ nibbānaṃ. (3)
That too is a way to understand how nirvāṇa is pleasure.

(impure fourth jhāna: interrupted by impure perceptions)

Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, take a monk who, giving up pleasure and pain, and ending former happiness and sadness, attains and lives in the fourth jhāna.
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato upekkhāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.
While a monk is in such a meditation, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by equanimous pleasure beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa te upekkhāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho.
In the same way, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by equanimous pleasure beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā.
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.
Imināpi kho etaṃ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā sukhaṃ nibbānaṃ. (4)
That too is a way to understand how nirvāṇa is pleasure.

(impure jhāna: interrupted by impure perceptions)

Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, attains and lives in the dimension of infinite space.
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato rūpasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.
While a monk is in such a meditation, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by form beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa te rūpasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho.
In the same way, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by form beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā.
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.
Imināpi kho etaṃ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā sukhaṃ nibbānaṃ. (5)
That too is a way to understand how nirvāṇa is pleasure.

(impure jhāna: interrupted by impure perceptions)

Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma anantaṃ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, attains and lives in the dimension of infinite consciousness.
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.
While a monk is in such a meditation, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by the dimension of infinite space beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa te ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho.
In the same way, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by the dimension of infinite space beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā.
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.
Imināpi kho etaṃ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā sukhaṃ nibbānaṃ. (6)
That too is a way to understand how nirvāṇa is pleasure.

(impure jhāna: interrupted by impure perceptions)

Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma, natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, attains and lives in the dimension of nothingness.
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.
While a monk is in such a meditation, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by the dimension of infinite consciousness beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa te viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho.
In the same way, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by the dimension of infinite consciousness beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā.
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.
Imināpi kho etaṃ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā sukhaṃ nibbānaṃ. (7)
That too is a way to understand how nirvāṇa is pleasure.

(impure jhāna: interrupted by impure perceptions)

Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, attains and lives in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno iminā vihārena viharato ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti, svassa hoti ābādho.
While a monk is in such a meditation, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by the dimension of nothingness beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Seyyathāpi, āvuso, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa te ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa hoti ābādho.
In the same way, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by the dimension of nothingness beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Yo kho panāvuso, ābādho dukkhametaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā.
And affliction has been called suffering by the Buddha.
Imināpi kho etaṃ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā sukhaṃ nibbānaṃ. (8)
That too is a way to understand how nirvāṇa is pleasure.

(note 9th attainment can not be interrupted by impure perceptions)

Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti. (9)
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, attains and lives in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.
Imināpi kho etaṃ, āvuso, pariyāyena veditabbaṃ yathā sukhaṃ nibbānan”ti.
That too is a way to understand how nirvāṇa is pleasure.”
Tatiyaṃ.
In that way, too, it can be understood how nirvāṇa is pleasure.”
(end of sutta⏹️)

9.35 - AN 9.35 Gāvīupamā: The Simile of the Cow

35. Gāvīupamāsutta
35. The Simile of the Cow
“Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gāvī pabbateyyā bālā abyattā akhettaññū akusalā visame pabbate carituṃ.
“monks, suppose there was a mountain cow who was foolish, incompetent, unskillful, and lacked common sense when roaming on rugged mountains.
Tassā evamassa:
She might think:
‘yannūnāhaṃ agatapubbañceva disaṃ gaccheyyaṃ, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyyaṃ, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I go somewhere I’ve never been before? I could eat grass and drink water that I’ve never tried before.’
Sā purimaṃ pādaṃ na suppatiṭṭhitaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā pacchimaṃ pādaṃ uddhareyya.
She’d take a step with a fore-hoof; but before it was properly set down, she’d lift up a hind-hoof.
Sā na ceva agatapubbaṃ disaṃ gaccheyya, na ca akhāditapubbāni tiṇāni khādeyya, na ca apītapubbāni pānīyāni piveyya;
She wouldn’t go somewhere she’d never been before, or eat grass and drink water that she’d never tried before.
yasmiṃ cassā padese ṭhitāya evamassa:
And she’d never return safely to the place she had started from.
‘yannūnāhaṃ agatapubbañceva disaṃ gaccheyyaṃ, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyyaṃ, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyan’ti tañca padesaṃ na sotthinā paccāgaccheyya.
Taṃ kissa hetu?
Why is that?
Tathā hi sā, bhikkhave, gāvī pabbateyyā bālā abyattā akhettaññū akusalā visame pabbate carituṃ.
Because that mountain cow was foolish, incompetent, unskillful, and lacked common sense when roaming on rugged mountains.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu bālo abyatto akhettaññū akusalo vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati;
In the same way, some foolish, incompetent, unskillful monk, lacking common sense, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures, judiciously-secluded from unskillful Dharmas, attains and lives in the first jhāna, which has the mental-joy and pleasure born of seclusion, while directing-thought and evaluation.
so taṃ nimittaṃ na āsevati na bhāveti na bahulīkaroti na svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.
But they don’t cultivate, develop, and make much of that foundation; they don’t ensure it is properly stabilized.
Tassa evaṃ hoti:
They think:
‘yannūnāhaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, as the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, enter and remain in the second jhāna, which has the mental-joy and pleasure born of undistractible-lucidity, with internal clarity and confidence, and unified mind, without directing-thought and evaluation.’
So na sakkoti vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ.
But they’re not able to enter and remain in the second jhāna.
Tassa evaṃ hoti:
They think:
‘yannūnāhaṃ vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures, judiciously-secluded from unskillful Dharmas, enter and remain in the first jhāna, which has the mental-joy and pleasure born of seclusion, while directing-thought and evaluation.’
So na sakkoti vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ.
But they’re not able to enter and remain in the first jhāna.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu ubhato bhaṭṭho ubhato parihīno, seyyathāpi sā gāvī pabbateyyā bālā abyattā akhettaññū akusalā visame pabbate carituṃ’.
This is called a monk who has slipped and fallen from both sides. They’re like the mountain cow who was foolish, incompetent, unskillful, and lacking in common sense when roaming on rugged mountains.
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gāvī pabbateyyā paṇḍitā byattā khettaññū kusalā visame pabbate carituṃ.
Suppose there was a mountain cow who was astute, competent, skillful, and used common sense when roaming on rugged mountains.
Tassā evamassa:
She might think:
‘yannūnāhaṃ agatapubbañceva disaṃ gaccheyyaṃ, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyyaṃ, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I go somewhere I’ve never been before? I could eat grass and drink water that I’ve never tried before.’
Sā purimaṃ pādaṃ suppatiṭṭhitaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā pacchimaṃ pādaṃ uddhareyya.
She’d take a step with a fore-hoof; and after it was properly set down, she’d lift up a hind-hoof.
Sā agatapubbañceva disaṃ gaccheyya, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyya, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyya.
She’d go somewhere she’d never been before, and eat grass and drink water that she’d never tried before.
Yasmiṃ cassā padese ṭhitāya evamassa:
And she’d return safely to the place she had started from.
‘yannūnāhaṃ agatapubbañceva disaṃ gaccheyyaṃ, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyyaṃ, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyan’ti tañca padesaṃ sotthinā paccāgaccheyya.
Taṃ kissa hetu?
Why is that?
Tathā hi sā, bhikkhave, gāvī pabbateyyā paṇḍitā byattā khettaññū kusalā visame pabbate carituṃ.
Because that mountain cow was astute, competent, skillful, and used common sense when roaming on rugged mountains.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idhekacco bhikkhu paṇḍito byatto khettaññū kusalo vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
In the same way, some astute, competent, skillful monk, using common sense, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures, judiciously-secluded from unskillful Dharmas, attains and lives in the first jhāna, which has the mental-joy and pleasure born of seclusion, while directing-thought and evaluation.
So taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.
They cultivate, develop, and make much of that foundation, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.
Tassa evaṃ hoti:
They think:
‘yannūnāhaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, as the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, enter and remain in the second jhāna, which has the mental-joy and pleasure born of undistractible-lucidity, with internal clarity and confidence, and unified mind, without directing-thought and evaluation.’
So dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ anabhihiṃsamāno vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Without charging at the second jhāna, as the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, they enter and remain in the second jhāna.
So taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.
They cultivate, develop, and make much of that foundation, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.
Tassa evaṃ hoti:
They think:
‘yannūnāhaṃ pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca vihareyyaṃ sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeyyaṃ yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti—upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, with the fading away of mental-joy, enter and remain in the third jhāna, where I will meditate with equanimous-observation, rememberful and aware, personally experiencing pleasure with the flesh and blood physical body of which the noble ones declare, “Equanimous and rememberful, one meditates in pleasure.”’
So tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ anabhihiṃsamāno pītiyā ca virāgā … tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Without charging at the third jhāna, with the fading away of mental-joy, they enter and remain in the third jhāna.
So taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.
They cultivate, develop, and make much of that foundation, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.
Tassa evaṃ hoti:
They think:
‘yannūnāhaṃ sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, with the giving up of pleasure and pain, and the ending of former happiness and sadness, enter and remain in the fourth jhāna, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimous-observation and remembering.’
So catutthaṃ jhānaṃ anabhihiṃsamāno sukhassa ca pahānā … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Without charging at the fourth jhāna, with the fading away of mental-joy, they enter and remain in the fourth jhāna.
So taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.
They cultivate, develop, and make much of that foundation, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.
Tassa evaṃ hoti:
They think:
‘yannūnāhaṃ sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ananto ākāsoti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that “space is infinite”, enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space.’
So ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ anabhihiṃsamāno sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā … pe … ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Without charging at the dimension of infinite space, with the fading away of mental-joy, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space.
So taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.
They cultivate, develop, and make much of that foundation, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.
Tassa evaṃ hoti:
They think:
‘yannūnāhaṃ sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma anantaṃ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that “consciousness is infinite”, enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness.’
So viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ anabhihiṃsamāno sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Without charging at the dimension of infinite consciousness, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness.
So taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.
They cultivate, develop, and make much of that foundation, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.
Tassa evaṃ hoti:
They think:
‘yannūnāhaṃ sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that “there is nothing at all”, enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness.’
So ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ anabhihiṃsamāno sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Without charging at the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness.
So taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.
They cultivate, develop, and make much of that foundation, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.
Tassa evaṃ hoti:
They think:
‘yannūnāhaṃ sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.’
So nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ anabhihiṃsamāno sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Without charging at the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.
So taṃ nimittaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.
They cultivate, develop, and make much of that foundation, ensuring that it’s properly stabilized.
Tassa evaṃ hoti:
They think:
‘yannūnāhaṃ sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling.’
So saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ anabhihiṃsamāno sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Without charging at the cessation of perception and feeling, they enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling.
Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu taṃ tadeva samāpattiṃ samāpajjatipi vuṭṭhātipi, tassa mudu cittaṃ hoti kammaññaṃ.
When a monk enters and emerges from all these attainments, their mind becomes pliable and workable.
Mudunā kammaññena cittena appamāṇo samādhi hoti subhāvito.
With a pliable and workable mind, their undistractible-lucidity becomes limitless and well developed.
So appamāṇena samādhinā subhāvitena yassa yassa abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhiññāsacchikiriyāya tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
They become capable of realizing anything that can be realized by insight to which they extend the mind, in each and every case.
So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhaveyyaṃ—ekopi hutvā bahudhā assaṃ, bahudhāpi hutvā eko assaṃ … pe … yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteyyan’ti,
If they wish: ‘May I wield the many kinds of psychic power: multiplying myself and becoming one again … controlling my body as far as the Brahmā realm.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
They are capable of realizing it, in each and every case.
So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘dibbāya sotadhātuyā … pe …
If they wish: ‘With clairaudience that is purified and superhuman, may I hear both kinds of sounds, human and divine, whether near or far.’
sati sati āyatane.
They are capable of realizing it, in each and every case.
So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajāneyyaṃ, sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ vītarāgaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ sadosaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ vītadosaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, samohaṃ vā cittaṃ samohaṃ cittanti pajāneyyaṃ, vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ … saṅkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ … vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ … mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ … amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ … sauttaraṃ vā cittaṃ … anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ … samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ … asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ … vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ … avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti pajāneyyan’ti,
If they wish: ‘May I understand the minds of other beings and individuals, having comprehended them with my mind. May I understand mind with greed as “mind with greed”, and mind without greed as “mind without greed”; mind with hate as “mind with hate”, and mind without hate as “mind without hate”; mind with delusion as “mind with delusion”, and mind without delusion as “mind without delusion”; contracted mind … scattered mind … expansive mind … unexpansive mind … mind that is not supreme … mind that is supreme … mind undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi … mind not undistractify-&-lucidifyd in samādhi … freed mind … and unfreed mind as “unfreed mind”.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
They are capable of realizing it, in each and every case.
So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussareyyaṃ, seyyathidaṃ—ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo … pe … iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussareyyan’ti,
If they wish: ‘May I recollect many kinds of past lives. That is: one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand rebirths; many eons of the world contracting, many eons of the world evolving, many eons of the world contracting and evolving. They remember: ‘There, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn somewhere else. There, too, I was named this, my clan was that, I looked like this, and that was my food. This was how I felt pleasure and pain, and that was how my life ended. When I passed away from that place I was reborn here. May I recollect my many past lives, with features and details.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
They’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.
So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena … pe … yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyan’ti
If they wish: ‘With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place—and understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.
They’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.
So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyan’ti,
If they wish: ‘May I realize the undefiled freedom of heart and freedom by wisdom in this very life, and live having realized it with my own insight due to the ending of defilements.’
tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane”ti.
They’re capable of realizing it, in each and every case.
(end of sutta⏹️)

9.36 - AN 9.36 Jhāna: Depending on jhāna

(2024 SP-FLUENT translation by frankk‍ derived from B. Sujato‍ )fnod1..9.36

    AN 9.36 - AN 9.36 Jhāna: Depending on jhāna
        AN 9.36.1 - (1st Jhāna)
            AN 9.36.1.1 - (doing vipassana while in four jhānas, can perceive rūpa physical body and realize Nirvana)
        AN 9.36.2 - (2nd Jhāna)
            AN 9.36.2.1 - (doing vipassana while in four jhānas, can perceive rūpa physical body and realize Nirvana)
        AN 9.36.3 - (3rd Jhāna)
            AN 9.36.3.1 - (doing vipassana while in four jhānas, can perceive rūpa physical body and realize Nirvana)
        AN 9.36.4 - (4th Jhāna)
            AN 9.36.4.1 - (doing vipassana while in four jhānas, can perceive rūpa physical body and realize Nirvana)
        AN 9.36.5 – (Ākāsā-nañc-āyatanam: dimension of infinite space)
            AN 9.36.5.1 - (doing vipassana while in formless perception attainments, can not perceive rūpa physical body, can realize Nirvana)
        AN 9.36.6 – (viññāṇa-ñc-āyatanam: dimension of infinite consciousness)
            AN 9.36.6.1 - (doing vipassana while in formless perception attainments, can not perceive rūpa physical body, can realize Nirvana)
        AN 9.36.7 – (ākiñcaññ-āyatanam: dimension of nothingness)
            AN 9.36.7.1 - (doing vipassana while in formless perception attainments, can not perceive rūpa physical body, can realize Nirvana)
        AN 9.36.8 - (8th and 9th attainments require ‘emerging’ from attainment before doing vipassana)

“Paṭhamampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmi;
“monks, I say that the first jhāna is a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.
dutiyampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmi;
The second jhāna is also a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.
tatiyampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmi;
The third jhāna is also a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.
catutthampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmi;
The fourth jhāna is also a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.
ākāsānañcāyatanampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmi;
The dimension of infinite space is also a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.
viññāṇañcāyatanampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmi;
The dimension of infinite consciousness is also a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.
ākiñcaññāyatanampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmi;
The dimension of nothingness is also a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmi;
The dimension of neither perception nor non-perception is also a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.
saññāvedayitanirodhampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmi.
The cessation of perception and feeling is also a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.

9.36.1 - (1st Jhāna)

‘Paṭhamampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmī’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ.
‘The first jhāna is a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.’
Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ?
That’s what I said, but why did I say it?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Take a monk who, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures, judiciously-secluded from unskillful Dharmas, attains and lives in the first jhāna.

9.36.1.1 - (doing vipassana while in four jhānas, can perceive rūpa physical body and realize Nirvana)

So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.
They contemplate the dharma there—included in form, feeling, perception, co-activities, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as an abscess, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.
So tehi dhammehi cittaṃ paṭivāpeti.
They turn their mind away from those dharmas,
So tehi dhammehi cittaṃ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṃ upasaṃharati:
and apply it to the deathless:
‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan’ti.
‘This is peaceful; this is sublime—that is, the stilling of all activities, the letting go of all attachments, the ending of craving, fading away, cessation, nirvāṇa.’

(either become Arahant or Nonreturner)

So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti.
Abiding in that they attain the ending of asinine-inclinations.
No ce āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.
If they don’t attain the ending of asinine-inclinations, with the ending of the five lower fetters they’re reborn spontaneously, because of their passion and love for that meditation. They are nirvāṇa'd there, and are not liable to return from that world.

(simle of archer)

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, issāso vā issāsantevāsī vā tiṇapurisarūpake vā mattikāpuñje vā yoggaṃ karitvā, so aparena samayena dūrepātī ca hoti akkhaṇavedhī ca mahato ca kāyassa padāletā;
It’s like an archer or their apprentice who first practices on a straw man or a clay model. At a later time they become a long-distance shooter, a marksman, who shatters large objects.

(repeat whole section for this samādhi before simile)

evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
In the same way a noble-one's-disciple, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures, attains and lives in the first jhāna.
So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.
They contemplate the dharma there—included in form, feeling, perception, co-activities, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as an abscess, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.
So tehi dhammehi cittaṃ paṭivāpeti.
They turn their mind away from those dharmas,
So tehi dhammehi cittaṃ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṃ upasaṃharati:
and apply it to the deathless:
‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan’ti.
‘This is peaceful; this is sublime—that is, the stilling of all activities, the letting go of all attachments, the ending of craving, fading away, cessation, nirvāṇa.’
So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti.
Abiding in that they attain the ending of asinine-inclinations.
No ce āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.
If they don’t attain the ending of asinine-inclinations, with the ending of the five lower fetters they’re reborn spontaneously, because of their passion and love for that meditation. They are nirvāṇa'd there, and are not liable to return from that world.
‘Paṭhamampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmī’ti,
‘The first jhāna is a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

9.36.2 - (2nd Jhāna)

Dutiyampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, jhānaṃ nissāya … pe …
‘The second jhāna is also a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.’ …

9.36.2.1 - (doing vipassana while in four jhānas, can perceive rūpa physical body and realize Nirvana)

9.36.3 - (3rd Jhāna)

tatiyampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, jhānaṃ nissāya … pe …
‘The third jhāna is also a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.’ …

9.36.3.1 - (doing vipassana while in four jhānas, can perceive rūpa physical body and realize Nirvana)

9.36.4 - (4th Jhāna)

‘catutthampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmī’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ.
‘The fourth jhāna is also a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.’ …
Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.

9.36.4.1 - (doing vipassana while in four jhānas, can perceive rūpa physical body and realize Nirvana)

So yadeva tattha hoti rūpagataṃ vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.
So tehi dhammehi cittaṃ paṭivāpeti.
So tehi dhammehi cittaṃ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṃ upasaṃharati:
‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan’ti.

(either become Arahant or Nonreturner)

So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti.
No ce āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.

9.36.5 – (Ākāsā-nañc-āyatanam: dimension of infinite space)

‘Ākāsānañcāyatanampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, jhānaṃ nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmī’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ.
‘The dimension of infinite space is also a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.’
Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ?
That’s what I said, but why did I say it?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Take a monk who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that “space is infinite”, attains and lives in the dimension of infinite space.

9.36.5.1 - (doing vipassana while in formless perception attainments, can not perceive rūpa physical body, can realize Nirvana)

So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.
They contemplate the dharma there—included in feeling, perception, co-activities, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as an abscess, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.
So tehi dhammehi cittaṃ paṭivāpeti.
They turn their mind away from those dharmas,
So tehi dhammehi cittaṃ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṃ upasaṃharati:
and apply it to the deathless:
‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan’ti.
‘This is peaceful; this is sublime—that is, the stilling of all activities, the letting go of all attachments, the ending of craving, fading away, cessation, nirvāṇa.’

(either become Arahant or Nonreturner)

So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti.
Abiding in that they attain the ending of asinine-inclinations.
No ce āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.
If they don’t attain the ending of asinine-inclinations, with the ending of the five lower fetters they’re reborn spontaneously, because of their passion and love for that meditation. They are nirvāṇa'd there, and are not liable to return from that world.

(simle of archer)

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, issāso vā issāsantevāsī vā tiṇapurisarūpake vā mattikāpuñje vā yoggaṃ karitvā, so aparena samayena dūrepātī ca hoti akkhaṇavedhī ca mahato ca kāyassa padāletā;
It’s like an archer or their apprentice who first practices on a straw man or a clay model. At a later time they become a long-distance shooter, a marksman, who shatters large objects.

(repeat whole section for this samādhi before simile)

evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
In the same way, take a monk who attains and lives in the dimension of infinite space. …
So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ … pe …
anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.
‘Ākāsānañcāyatanampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmī’ti,
‘The dimension of infinite space is a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

9.36.6 – (viññāṇa-ñc-āyatanam: dimension of infinite consciousness)

‘Viññāṇañcāyatanampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, nissāya … pe …
‘The dimension of infinite consciousness is a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.’ …

9.36.6.1 - (doing vipassana while in formless perception attainments, can not perceive rūpa physical body, can realize Nirvana)

9.36.7 – (ākiñcaññ-āyatanam: dimension of nothingness)

ākiñcaññāyatanampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmī’ti, iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ.
‘The dimension of nothingness is a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.’
Kiñcetaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ?
That’s what I said, but why did I say it?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Take a monk who—going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness—aware that “there is nothing at all”, attains and lives in the dimension of nothingness.

9.36.7.1 - (doing vipassana while in formless perception attainments, can not perceive rūpa physical body, can realize Nirvana)

So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.
They contemplate the dharma there—included in feeling, perception, co-activities, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as an abscess, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.
So tehi dhammehi cittaṃ paṭivāpeti.
They turn their mind away from those dharmas,
So tehi dhammehi cittaṃ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṃ upasaṃharati:
and apply it to the deathless:
‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan’ti.
‘This is peaceful; this is sublime—that is, the stilling of all activities, the letting go of all attachments, the ending of craving, fading away, cessation, nirvāṇa.’

(either become Arahant or Nonreturner)

So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti.
Abiding in that they attain the ending of asinine-inclinations.
No ce āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.
If they don’t attain the ending of asinine-inclinations, with the ending of the five lower fetters they’re reborn spontaneously, because of their passion and love for that meditation. They are nirvāṇa'd there, and are not liable to return from that world.

(simle of archer)

Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, issāso vā issāsantevāsī vā tiṇapurisarūpake vā mattikāpuñje vā yoggaṃ karitvā, so aparena samayena dūrepātī ca hoti akkhaṇavedhī ca mahato ca kāyassa padāletā;
It’s like an archer or their apprentice who first practices on a straw man or a clay model. At a later time they become a long-distance shooter, a marksman, who shatters large objects.

(repeat whole section for this samādhi before simile)

evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
In the same way, take a monk who—going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness—aware that “there is nothing at all”, attains and lives in the dimension of nothingness.
So yadeva tattha hoti vedanāgataṃ saññāgataṃ saṅkhāragataṃ viññāṇagataṃ, te dhamme aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato samanupassati.
They contemplate the dharma there—included in feeling, perception, co-activities, and consciousness—as impermanent, as suffering, as diseased, as an abscess, as a dart, as misery, as an affliction, as alien, as falling apart, as empty, as not-self.
So tehi dhammehi cittaṃ paṭivāpeti.
They turn their mind away from those dharmas,
So tehi dhammehi cittaṃ paṭivāpetvā amatāya dhātuyā cittaṃ upasaṃharati:
and apply it to the deathless:
‘etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan’ti.
‘This is peaceful; this is sublime—that is, the stilling of all activities, the letting go of all attachments, the ending of craving, fading away, cessation, nirvāṇa.’
So tattha ṭhito āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti.
Abiding in that they attain the ending of asinine-inclinations.
No ce āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti, teneva dhammarāgena tāya dhammanandiyā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā.
If they don’t attain the ending of asinine-inclinations, with the ending of the five lower fetters they’re reborn spontaneously, because of their passion and love for that meditation. They are nirvāṇa'd there, and are not liable to return from that world.
‘Ākiñcaññāyatanampāhaṃ, nissāya āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmī’ti,
‘The dimension of nothingness is a basis for ending the asinine-inclinations.’
iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ.
That’s what I said, and this is why I said it.

9.36.8 - (8th and 9th attainments require ‘emerging’ from attainment before doing vipassana)

Iti kho, bhikkhave, yāvatā saññāsamāpatti tāvatā aññāpaṭivedho.
And so, monks, penetration to enlightenment extends as far as attainments with perception.
Yāni ca kho imāni, bhikkhave, nissāya dve āyatanāni—
But the two dimensions that depend on these—
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpatti ca saññāvedayitanirodho ca, jhāyīhete, bhikkhave, samāpattikusalehi samāpattivuṭṭhānakusalehi samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhahitvā sammā akkhātabbānīti vadāmī”ti.
the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, and the cessation of perception and feeling—are properly explained by jhāna monks who are skilled in these attainments and skilled in emerging from them, after they’ve entered them and emerged from them.”
(end of sutta⏹️)

9.37 - AN 9.37 Ānanda: By Ānanda

(2024 SP-FLUENT translation by frankk‍ derived from B. Sujato‍ ) fnod1..9.37

    AN 9.37 - AN 9.37 Ānanda: By Ānanda
        AN 9.37.1 – (This passage is same as famous MN 10 intro statement, SN 47.1: “...for purification of beings...”)
        AN 9.37.2 – (terminology for describing mind divorced from 5 senses/ayatana)
        AN 9.37.3 – (Is perception/sañña in this state? Yes.)
        AN 9.37.4 – (What can one perceive with mind divorced from body? 4 jhānas conspicuously missing!)
            AN 9.37.4.1 – (ākāsānañcā-(a)yatanaṃ: dimension of infinite space)
            AN 9.37.4.2 – (viññāṇañcā-(a)yatanaṃ: dimension of infinite consciousness)
            AN 9.37.4.3 – (ākiñcaññā-(a)yatanaṃ: dimension of nothingness)
            AN 9.37.4.4 - (na ca sa-saṅkhāra-niggayha-vārita-gato)
            AN 9.37.4.5 – (fruit of that samādhi is final knowledge i.e. nirvana)

Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme.
At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambi, in Ghosita’s Monastery.
Tatra kho āyasmā ānando bhikkhū āmantesi:
There Ānanda addressed the monks:
“āvuso bhikkhave”ti.
“Reverends, monks!”
“Āvuso”ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato ānandassa paccassosuṃ.
“Reverend,” they replied.
Āyasmā ānando etadavoca:
Ānanda said this:
“Acchariyaṃ, āvuso, abbhutaṃ, āvuso.
“It’s incredible, reverends, it’s amazing!
Yāvañcidaṃ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sambādhe okāsādhigamo anubuddho
How this Blessed One who knows and sees, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha, has found an opening in a confined space.

9.37.1 – (This passage is same as famous MN 10 intro statement, SN 47.1: “...for purification of beings...”)

sattānaṃ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya.
It’s in order to purify sentient beings, to get past sorrow and crying, to make an end of pain and sadness, to complete the procedure, and to realize nirvāṇa.

9.37.2 – (terminology for describing mind divorced from 5 senses/ayatana)

Tadeva nāma cakkhuṃ bhavissati te rūpā tañcāyatanaṃ no paṭisaṃvedissati.
The eye itself is actually present, and so are those sights. Yet one will not experience that sense-field.
Tadeva nāma sotaṃ bhavissati te saddā tañcāyatanaṃ no paṭisaṃvedissati.
The ear itself is actually present, and so are those sounds. Yet one will not experience that sense-field.
Tadeva nāma ghānaṃ bhavissati te gandhā tañcāyatanaṃ no paṭisaṃvedissati.
The nose itself is actually present, and so are those smells. Yet one will not experience that sense-field.
Sāva nāma jivhā bhavissati te rasā tañcāyatanaṃ no paṭisaṃvedissati.
The tongue itself is actually present, and so are those tastes. Yet one will not experience that sense-field.
Sova nāma kāyo bhavissati te phoṭṭhabbā tañcāyatanaṃ no paṭisaṃvedissatī”ti.
The body itself is actually present, and so are those touches. Yet one will not experience that sense-field.”
[In other words, one would not be able to see forms, hear sounds, smell odors, taste food, feel mosquito bites in this state.]

9.37.3 – (Is perception/sañña in this state? Yes.)

Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca:
When he said this, Venerable Udāyī said to Venerable Ānanda:
“saññīmeva nu kho, āvuso ānanda, tadāyatanaṃ no paṭisaṃvedeti udāhu asaññī”ti?
“Reverend Ānanda, is one who doesn’t experience that sense-field actually percipient or not?”
“Saññīmeva kho, āvuso, tadāyatanaṃ no paṭisaṃvedeti, no asaññī”ti.
“Reverend, one who doesn’t experience that sense-field is actually percipient, not non-percipient.”

9.37.4 – (What can one perceive with mind divorced from body? 4 jhānas conspicuously missing!)

“Kiṃsaññī panāvuso, tadāyatanaṃ no paṭisaṃvedetī”ti?
“But what does one who doesn’t experience that sense-field perceive?”
[One can perceive various formless attainments, four of which I will name. But not the four jhānas, since the Buddha already stated in the previous sutta, AN 9.36, that in the four jhānas one is percipient of material form and the 5 sense fields that depend on that.]

9.37.4.1 – (ākāsānañcā-(a)yatanaṃ: dimension of infinite space)

“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu,
“It’s when a monk,
sabbaso rūpa-saññānaṃ samatikkamā
Going totally beyond perceptions of [both the internal physical body and external] forms,
Paṭigha-saññānaṃ atthaṅgamā
with the ending of perceptions of impingement, [such as extreme cold, heat, bug bites that can only be felt when the mind is still connected to the 5 senses],
nānatta-saññānaṃ a-manasikārā
not focusing on perceptions of diversity [that occur when the five sense faculties are active],
‘an-anto ākāso’ti
[one perceives that] ‘space is infinite’,
ākāsānañcā-(a)yatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space.


Evaṃsaññīpi kho, āvuso, tadāyatanaṃ no paṭisaṃvedeti.
One who doesn’t experience that sense-field perceives in this way.

9.37.4.2 – (viññāṇañcā-(a)yatanaṃ: dimension of infinite consciousness)

Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu
Furthermore, a monk,
sabbaso ākāsānañcā-(a)yatanaṃ samatikkamma
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space,
'An-antaṃ viññāṇan’ti
[one perceives that] ‘the consciousness [that remains when the perception of infinite space drops out is also] infinite’,
viññāṇañcā-(a)yatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness.


Evaṃsaññīpi kho, āvuso, tadāyatanaṃ no paṭisaṃvedeti.
One who doesn’t experience that sense-field perceives in this way.

9.37.4.3 – (ākiñcaññā-(a)yatanaṃ: dimension of nothingness)

Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu
Furthermore, a monk,
sabbaso viññāṇañcā-(a)yatanaṃ samatikkamma
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness,
'N-atthi kiñcī’ti
[one perceives that] ‘there is nothing at all’ [after one drops the perception of infinite consciousness],
ākiñcaññā-(a)yatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness.


Evaṃsaññīpi kho, āvuso, tadāyatanaṃ no paṭisaṃvedetīti.
One who doesn’t experience that sense-field perceives in this way.

9.37.4.4 - (na ca sa-saṅkhāra-niggayha-vārita-gato)

Ekamidāhaṃ, āvuso, samayaṃ sākete viharāmi añjanavane migadāye.
Reverend, one time I was staying near Sāketa in the deer park in Añjana Wood.
Atha kho, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikā bhikkhunī yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikā bhikkhunī maṃ etadavoca:
Then the nun Jaṭilagāhikā came up to me, bowed, stood to one side, and said to me:
‘yāyaṃ, bhante ānanda, samādhi na cābhinato na cāpanato na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato,
‘Sir, Ānanda, regarding the undistractible-lucidity that does not lean forward or pull back, and is not held in place by forceful suppression.
vimuttattā ṭhito, ṭhitattā santusito, santusitattā no paritassati.
Being free, it’s stable. Being stable, it’s content. Being content, one is not anxious.
Ayaṃ, bhante ānanda, samādhi kiṃphalo vutto bhagavatā’ti?
What did the Buddha say has this undistractible-lucidity as its fruit?’

9.37.4.5 – (final knowledge has that samādhi as fruit)

Evaṃ vutte, sohaṃ, āvuso, jaṭilavāsikaṃ bhikkhuniṃ etadavocaṃ:
When she said this, I said to her:
‘yāyaṃ, bhagini, samādhi na cābhinato na cāpanato na ca sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato,
‘Sister, regarding the undistractible-lucidity that does not lean forward or pull back, and is not held in place by forceful suppression.
vimuttattā ṭhito, ṭhitattā santusito, santusitattā no paritassati.
Being free, it’s stable. Being stable, it’s content. Being content, one is not anxious.
Ayaṃ, bhagini, samādhi aññāphalo vutto bhagavatā’ti.
The Buddha said that enlightnement has this undistractible-lucidity as its fruit.’
Evaṃsaññīpi kho, āvuso, tadāyatanaṃ no paṭisaṃvedetī”ti.
One who doesn’t experience that sense-field perceives in this way, too.”
(end of sutta⏹️)

9.38 - AN 9.38 Lokāyatika: Brahmin Cosmologists

38. Lokāyatikasutta
38. Brahmin Cosmologists
Atha kho dve lokāyatikā brāhmaṇā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu.
Then two brahmin cosmologists went up to the Buddha, and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, they sat down to one side and said to the Buddha:
“Pūraṇo, bho gotama, kassapo sabbaññū sabbadassāvī aparisesaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paṭijānāti:
“Master Gotama, Pūraṇa Kassapa claims to be all-knowing and all-seeing, to know and see everything without exception, thus:
‘carato ca me tiṭṭhato ca suttassa ca jāgarassa ca satataṃ samitaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitan’ti.
‘Knowledge and vision are constantly and continually present to me, while walking, standing, sleeping, and waking.’
So evamāha:
He says:
‘ahaṃ anantena ñāṇena anantaṃ lokaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ viharāmī’ti.
‘With infinite knowledge I know and see that the world is infinite.’
Ayampi, bho gotama, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto sabbaññū sabbadassāvī aparisesaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paṭijānāti:
And the Jain leader Nāṭaputta also claims to be all-knowing and all-seeing, to know and see everything without exception, thus:
‘carato ca me tiṭṭhato ca suttassa ca jāgarassa ca satataṃ samitaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitan’ti.
‘Knowledge and vision are constantly and continually present to me, while walking, standing, sleeping, and waking.’
So evamāha:
He says:
‘ahaṃ anantena ñāṇena anantaṃ lokaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ viharāmī’ti.
‘With infinite knowledge I know and see that the world is finite.’
Imesaṃ, bho gotama, ubhinnaṃ ñāṇavādānaṃ ubhinnaṃ aññamaññaṃ vipaccanīkavādānaṃ ko saccaṃ āha ko musā”ti?
These two claim to speak from knowledge, but they directly contradict each other. Which one of them speaks the truth, and which falsehood?”
“Alaṃ, brāhmaṇā.
“Enough, brahmins.
Tiṭṭhatetaṃ:
Leave this aside:
‘imesaṃ ubhinnaṃ ñāṇavādānaṃ ubhinnaṃ aññamaññaṃ vipaccanīkavādānaṃ ko saccaṃ āha ko musā’ti.
‘These two claim to speak from knowledge, but they directly contradict each other. Which one of them speaks the truth, and which falsehood?’
Dhammaṃ vo, brāhmaṇā, desessāmi,
I will teach you the Dhamma.
taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī”ti.
Listen and pay close attention, I will speak.”
“Evaṃ, bho”ti kho te brāhmaṇā bhagavato paccassosuṃ.
“Yes sir,” those brahmins replied.
Bhagavā etadavoca:
The Buddha said this:
“Seyyathāpi, brāhmaṇā, cattāro purisā catuddisā ṭhitā paramena javena ca samannāgatā paramena ca padavītihārena.
“Suppose there were four men standing in the four directions. Each of them was extremely fast, with an extremely mighty stride.
Te evarūpena javena samannāgatā assu, seyyathāpi nāma daḷhadhammā dhanuggaho sikkhito katahattho katūpāsano lahukena asanena appakasirena tiriyaṃ tālacchāyaṃ atipāteyya;
They’re as fast as a light arrow easily shot across the shadow of a palm tree by a well-trained expert archer with a strong bow.
evarūpena ca padavītihārena, seyyathāpi nāma puratthimā samuddā pacchimo samuddo
Their stride was such that it spanned from the eastern ocean to the western ocean.
atha puratthimāya disāya ṭhito puriso evaṃ vadeyya:
Then the man standing in the east would say:
‘ahaṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ pāpuṇissāmī’ti.
‘I will reach the end of the world by travelling.’
So aññatreva asitapītakhāyitasāyitā aññatra uccārapassāvakammā aññatra niddākilamathapaṭivinodanā vassasatāyuko vassasatajīvī vassasataṃ gantvā appatvāva lokassa antaṃ antarā kālaṃ kareyya.
Though he’d travel for his whole lifespan of a hundred years—pausing only to eat and drink, go to the toilet, and sleep to dispel weariness—he’d die along the way, never reaching the end of the world.
Atha pacchimāya disāya … pe …
Then the man standing in the west …
atha uttarāya disāya …
Then the man standing in the north …
atha dakkhiṇāya disāya ṭhito puriso evaṃ vadeyya:
Then the man standing in the south would say:
‘ahaṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ pāpuṇissāmī’ti.
‘I will reach the end of the world by travelling.’
So aññatreva asitapītakhāyitasāyitā aññatra uccārapassāvakammā aññatra niddākilamathapaṭivinodanā vassasatāyuko vassasatajīvī vassasataṃ gantvā appatvāva lokassa antaṃ antarā kālaṃ kareyya.
Though he’d travel for his whole lifespan of a hundred years—pausing only to eat and drink, go to the toilet, and sleep to dispel weariness—he’d die along the way, never reaching the end of the world.
Taṃ kissa hetu?
Why is that?
Nāhaṃ, brāhmaṇā, evarūpāya sandhāvanikāya lokassa antaṃ ñāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyanti vadāmi.
I say it’s not possible to know or see or reach the end of the world by running like this.
Na cāhaṃ, brāhmaṇā, appatvāva lokassa antaṃ dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmi.
But I also say there’s no making an end of suffering without reaching the end of the world.
Pañcime, brāhmaṇā, kāmaguṇā ariyassa vinaye lokoti vuccati.
These five kinds of sensual stimulation are called the world in the training of the noble one.
Katame pañca?
What five?
Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā;
Sights known by the eye that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.
sotaviññeyyā saddā … pe …
Sounds known by the ear …
ghānaviññeyyā gandhā …
Smells known by the nose …
jivhāviññeyyā rasā …
Tastes known by the tongue …
kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā;
Touches known by the body that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.
ime kho, brāhmaṇā, pañca kāmaguṇā ariyassa vinaye lokoti vuccati.
These five kinds of sensual stimulation are called the world in the training of the noble one.
Idha, brāhmaṇā, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Take a monk who, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures, judiciously-secluded from unskillful Dharmas, attains and lives in the first jhāna, which has the mental-joy and pleasure born of seclusion, while directing-thought and evaluation.
Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma, lokassa ante viharati’.
This is called a monk who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world.
Tamaññe evamāhaṃsu:
Others say of them:
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’
Ahampi hi, brāhmaṇā, evaṃ vadāmi:
And I also say this:
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’
Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇā, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ …
Furthermore, take a monk who, as the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, attains and lives in the second jhāna …
tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ …
third jhāna …
catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
fourth jhāna.
Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati’.
This is called a monk who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world.
Tamaññe evamāhaṃsu:
Others say of them:
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’
Ahampi hi, brāhmaṇā, evaṃ vadāmi:
And I also say this:
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’
Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇā, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, attains and lives in the dimension of infinite space.
Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati’.
This is called a monk who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world.
Tamaññe evamāhaṃsu:
Others say of them:
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’
Ahampi hi, brāhmaṇā, evaṃ vadāmi:
And I also say this:
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’
Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇā, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati … pe …
Furthermore, take a monk who attains and lives in the dimension of infinite consciousness. …
sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati … pe …
the dimension of nothingness …
sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.
Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati’.
This is called a monk who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world.
Tamaññe evamāhaṃsu:
Others say of them:
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’
Ahampi hi, brāhmaṇā, evaṃ vadāmi:
And I also say this:
‘ayampi lokapariyāpanno, ayampi anissaṭo lokamhā’ti.
‘They’re included in the world, and haven’t yet left the world.’
Puna caparaṃ, brāhmaṇā, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, attains and lives in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.
Ayaṃ vuccati, brāhmaṇā, ‘bhikkhu lokassa antamāgamma lokassa ante viharati tiṇṇo loke visattikan’”ti.
This is called a monk who, having gone to the end of the world, meditates at the end of the world. And they’ve crossed over clinging to the world.”
(end of sutta⏹️)

9.39 - AN 9.39 Devāsurasaṅgāma: The War Between the Gods and the Demons

39. Devāsurasaṅgāmasutta
39. The War Between the Gods and the Demons
“Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabyūḷho ahosi.
“Once upon a time, monks, a battle was fought between the gods and the demons.
Tasmiṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, saṅgāme asurā jiniṃsu, devā parājayiṃsu.
In that battle the demons won and the gods lost.
Parājitā ca, bhikkhave, devā apayiṃsuyeva uttarenābhimukhā, abhiyiṃsu asurā.
Defeated, the gods fled north with the demons in pursuit.
Atha kho, bhikkhave, devānaṃ etadahosi:
Then the gods thought:
‘abhiyanteva kho asurā.
‘The demons are still in pursuit.
Yannūna mayaṃ dutiyampi asurehi saṅgāmeyyāmā’ti.
Why don’t we engage them in battle a second time?’
Dutiyampi kho, bhikkhave, devā asurehi saṅgāmesuṃ.
And so a second battle was fought between the gods and the demons.
Dutiyampi kho, bhikkhave, asurāva jiniṃsu, devā parājayiṃsu.
And for a second time the demons won and the gods lost.
Parājitā ca, bhikkhave, devā apayiṃsuyeva uttarenābhimukhā, abhiyiṃsu asurā.
Defeated, the gods fled north with the demons in pursuit.
Atha kho, bhikkhave, devānaṃ etadahosi:
Then the gods thought:
‘abhiyanteva kho asurā.
‘The demons are still in pursuit.
Yannūna mayaṃ tatiyampi asurehi saṅgāmeyyāmā’ti.
Why don’t we engage them in battle a third time?’
Tatiyampi kho, bhikkhave, devā asurehi saṅgāmesuṃ.
And so a third battle was fought between the gods and the demons.
Tatiyampi kho, bhikkhave, asurāva jiniṃsu, devā parājayiṃsu.
And for a third time the demons won and the gods lost.
Parājitā ca, bhikkhave, devā bhītā devapuraṃyeva pavisiṃsu.
Defeated and terrified, the gods fled right into the castle of the gods.
Devapuragatānañca pana, bhikkhave, devānaṃ etadahosi:
When they had entered their castle, they thought:
‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni mayaṃ etarahi attanā viharāma akaraṇīyā asurehī’ti.
‘Now we’re in a secure location and the demons can’t do anything to us.’
Asurānampi, bhikkhave, etadahosi:
The demons also thought:
‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni devā etarahi attanā viharanti akaraṇīyā amhehī’ti.
‘Now the gods are in a secure location and we can’t do anything to them.’
Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabyūḷho ahosi.
Once upon a time, a battle was fought between the gods and the demons.
Tasmiṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, saṅgāme devā jiniṃsu, asurā parājayiṃsu.
In that battle the gods won and the demons lost.
Parājitā ca, bhikkhave, asurā apayiṃsuyeva dakkhiṇenābhimukhā, abhiyiṃsu devā.
Defeated, the demons fled south with the gods in pursuit.
Atha kho, bhikkhave, asurānaṃ etadahosi:
Then the demons thought:
‘abhiyanteva kho devā.
‘The gods are still in pursuit.
Yannūna mayaṃ dutiyampi devehi saṅgāmeyyāmā’ti.
Why don’t we engage them in battle a second time?’
Dutiyampi kho, bhikkhave, asurā devehi saṅgāmesuṃ.
And so a second battle was fought between the gods and the demons.
Dutiyampi kho, bhikkhave, devā jiniṃsu, asurā parājayiṃsu.
And for a second time the gods won and the demons lost.
Parājitā ca, bhikkhave, asurā apayiṃsuyeva dakkhiṇenābhimukhā, abhiyiṃsu devā.
Defeated, the demons fled south with the gods in pursuit.
Atha kho, bhikkhave, asurānaṃ etadahosi:
Then the demons thought:
‘abhiyanteva kho devā.
‘The gods are still in pursuit.
Yannūna mayaṃ tatiyampi devehi saṅgāmeyyāmā’ti.
Why don’t we engage them in battle a third time?’
Tatiyampi kho, bhikkhave, asurā devehi saṅgāmesuṃ.
And so a third battle was fought between the gods and the demons.
Tatiyampi kho, bhikkhave, devā jiniṃsu, asurā parājayiṃsu.
And for a third time the gods won and the demons lost.
Parājitā ca, bhikkhave, asurā bhītā asurapuraṃyeva pavisiṃsu.
Defeated and terrified, the demons fled right into the citadel of the demons.
Asurapuragatānañca pana, bhikkhave, asurānaṃ etadahosi:
When they had entered their citadel, they thought:
‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni mayaṃ etarahi attanā viharāma akaraṇīyā devehī’ti.
‘Now we’re in a secure location and the gods can’t do anything to us.’
Devānampi, bhikkhave, etadahosi:
And the gods also thought:
‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni asurā etarahi attanā viharanti akaraṇīyā amhehī’ti.
‘Now the demons are in a secure location and we can’t do anything to them.’
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ samaye bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati,
In the same way, a monk, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures, judiciously-secluded from unskillful Dharmas, attains and lives in the first jhāna, which has the mental-joy and pleasure born of seclusion, while directing-thought and evaluation.
tasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhussa evaṃ hoti:
At such a time the monk thinks:
‘bhīruttānagatena kho dānāhaṃ etarahi attanā viharāmi akaraṇīyo mārassā’ti.
‘Now I’m in a secure location and Māra can’t do anything to me.’
Mārassāpi, bhikkhave, pāpimato evaṃ hoti:
And Māra the Wicked also thinks:
‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni bhikkhu etarahi attanā viharati akaraṇīyo mayhan’ti.
‘Now the monk is in a secure location and we can’t do anything to them.’
Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ …
When, as the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, a monk attains and lives in the second jhāna …
tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ …
third jhāna …
catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati,
fourth jhāna.
tasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhussa evaṃ hoti:
At such a time the monk thinks:
‘bhīruttānagatena kho dānāhaṃ etarahi attanā viharāmi akaraṇīyo mārassā’ti.
‘Now I’m in a secure location and Māra can’t do anything to me.’
Mārassāpi, bhikkhave, pāpimato evaṃ hoti:
And Māra the Wicked also thinks:
‘bhīruttānagatena kho dāni bhikkhu etarahi attanā viharati, akaraṇīyo mayhan’ti.
‘Now the monk is in a secure location and we can’t do anything to them.’
Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
A monk, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, attains and lives in the dimension of infinite space.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu antamakāsi māraṃ, apadaṃ vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato tiṇṇo loke visattikan’ti.
At such a time they are called a monk who has blinded Māra, put out his eyes without a trace, and gone where the Wicked One cannot see.
Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati …
A monk, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, attains and lives in the dimension of infinite consciousness. …
sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati …
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. …
sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati …
Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. …
sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, attains and lives in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ‘bhikkhu antamakāsi māraṃ, apadaṃ vadhitvā māracakkhuṃ adassanaṃ gato pāpimato tiṇṇo loke visattikan’”ti.
At such a time they are called a monk who has blinded Māra, put out his eyes without a trace, and gone where the Wicked One cannot see. And they’ve crossed over clinging to the world.”
(end of sutta⏹️)

9.40 - AN 9.40 Nāga: The Simile of the Bull Elephant in the Forest

40. Nāgasutta
40. The Simile of the Bull Elephant in the Forest
“Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye āraññikassa nāgassa gocarapasutassa hatthīpi hatthiniyopi hatthikalabhāpi hatthicchāpāpi purato purato gantvā tiṇaggāni chindanti, tena, bhikkhave, āraññiko nāgo aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati.
“monks, when a wild bull elephant is engrossed in the pasture, but other elephants—males, females, younglings, or cubs—got there first and trampled the grass, the wild bull elephant is horrified, repelled, and disgusted by that.
Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye āraññikassa nāgassa gocarapasutassa hatthīpi hatthiniyopi hatthikalabhāpi hatthicchāpāpi obhaggobhaggaṃ sākhābhaṅgaṃ khādanti, tena, bhikkhave, āraññiko nāgo aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati.
When the wild bull elephant is engrossed in the pasture, but other elephants—males, females, younglings, or cubs—eat the broken branches that he’s dragged down, the wild bull elephant is horrified, repelled, and disgusted by that.
Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye āraññikassa nāgassa ogāhaṃ otiṇṇassa hatthīpi hatthiniyopi hatthikalabhāpi hatthicchāpāpi purato purato gantvā soṇḍāya udakaṃ āloḷenti, tena, bhikkhave, āraññiko nāgo aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati.
When a wild bull elephant has plunged into the pool, but other elephants—males, females, younglings, or cubs—got there first and stirred up the water with their trunks, the wild bull elephant is horrified, repelled, and disgusted by that.
Yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye āraññikassa nāgassa ogāhā uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo gacchanti, tena, bhikkhave, āraññiko nāgo aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati.
When a wild bull elephant has come out of the pool and the female elephants bump into him, the wild bull elephant is horrified, repelled, and disgusted by that.
Tasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye āraññikassa nāgassa evaṃ hoti:
At that time the wild bull elephant thinks:
‘ahaṃ kho etarahi ākiṇṇo viharāmi hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi.
‘Now I live crowded by other males, females, younglings, and cubs.
Chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṃ khādanti, āvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo gacchanti.
I eat the grass they’ve trampled, and they eat the broken branches I’ve dragged down. I drink muddy water, and after my bath the female elephants bump into me.
Yannūnāhaṃ eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho vihareyyan’ti.
Why don’t I live alone, withdrawn from the herd?’
So aparena samayena eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharati, acchinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādati, obhaggobhaggañcassa sākhābhaṅgaṃ na khādanti, anāvilāni ca pānīyāni pivati, ogāhā cassa uttiṇṇassa na hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo gacchanti.
After some time he lives alone, withdrawn from the herd, and he eats untrampled grass, and they don’t eat the broken branches he’s dragged down. He doesn’t drink muddy water, and the female elephants don’t bump into him after his bath.
Tasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye āraññikassa nāgassa evaṃ hoti:
At that time the wild bull elephant thinks:
‘ahaṃ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo vihāsiṃ hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi, chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādiṃ, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṃ khādiṃsu, āvilāni ca pānīyāni apāyiṃ, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo agamaṃsu. Sohaṃ etarahi eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharāmi, acchinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṃ na khādanti, anāvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa na hatthiniyo kāyaṃ upanighaṃsantiyo gacchantī’ti. So soṇḍāya sākhābhaṅgaṃ bhañjitvā sākhābhaṅgena kāyaṃ parimajjitvā attamano soṇḍaṃ saṃharati.
‘Formerly I lived crowded by other males, females, younglings, and cubs. I ate the grass they’d trampled, and they ate the broken branches I’d dragged down. I drank muddy water, and after my bath the female elephants bumped into me. Now I live alone, and I’m free of all these things.’ He breaks off a branch and scratches his body, happily relieving his itches.
Evamevaṃ kho, bhikkhave, yasmiṃ samaye bhikkhu ākiṇṇo viharati bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi, tasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye bhikkhussa evaṃ hoti:
In the same way, when a monk lives crowded by monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; by rulers and their ministers, and by teachers of other paths and their disciples, they think:
‘ahaṃ kho etarahi ākiṇṇo viharāmi bhikkhūhi bhikkhunīhi upāsakehi upāsikāhi raññā rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi.
‘Now I live crowded by monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen; by rulers and their ministers, and teachers of other paths and their disciples.
Yannūnāhaṃ eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho vihareyyan’ti.
Why don’t I live alone, withdrawn from the group?’
So vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ.
They frequent a secluded lodging—a wilderness, the root of a tree, a hill, a ravine, a mountain cave, a charnel ground, a forest, the open air, a heap of straw.
So araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā.
Gone to a wilderness, or to the root of a tree, or to an empty hut, they sit down cross-legged, with their body straight, and establishes remembering right there.
So abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṃ parisodheti;
Giving up desire for the world, they meditate with a heart rid of desire, cleansing the mind of desire.
byāpādapadosaṃ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā cittaṃ parisodheti;
Giving up ill will and malevolence, they meditate with a mind rid of ill will, full of compassion for all living beings, cleansing the mind of ill will.
thinamiddhaṃ pahāya vigatathinamiddho viharati ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thinamiddhā cittaṃ parisodheti;
Giving up dullness and drowsiness, they meditate with a mind free of dullness and drowsiness, perceiving light, rememberful and aware, cleansing the mind of dullness and drowsiness.
uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti;
Giving up restlessness and remorse, they meditate without restlessness, their mind peaceful inside, cleansing the mind of restlessness and remorse.
vicikicchaṃ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṃkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṃ parisodheti.
Giving up doubt, they meditate having gone beyond doubt, not undecided about skillful Dharmas, cleansing the mind of doubt.
So ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe
They give up these five hindrances, corruptions of the heart that weaken wisdom.
vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Then, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures, judiciously-secluded from unskillful Dharmas, they enter and remain in the first jhāna, which has the mental-joy and pleasure born of seclusion, while directing-thought and evaluation.
So attamano soṇḍaṃ saṃharati.
They happily relieve their itches.
Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ …
As the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, they enter and remain in the second jhāna …
tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ …
third jhāna …
catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
fourth jhāna.
So attamano soṇḍaṃ saṃharati.
They happily relieve their itches.
Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space.
So attamano soṇḍaṃ saṃharati.
They happily relieve their itches.
Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati …
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, they enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness. …
sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati …
Going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, they enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness. …
sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati …
Going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, they enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception. …
sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, attains and lives in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.
So attamano soṇḍaṃ saṃharatī”ti.
They happily relieve their itches.”

9.41 - AN 9.41 Tapussa: With the Householder Tapussa

41. Tapussasutta
41. With the Householder Tapussa
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā mallesu viharati uruvelakappaṃ nāma mallānaṃ nigamo.
At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of the Mallas, near the Mallian town named Uruvelakappa.
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya uruvelakappaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
Then the Buddha robed up in the morning and, taking his bowl and robe, entered Uruvelakappa for alms.
Uruvelakappe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi:
Then, after the meal, on his return from alms-round, he addressed Venerable Ānanda:
“idheva tāva tvaṃ, ānanda, hohi, yāvāhaṃ mahāvanaṃ ajjhogāhāmi divāvihārāyā”ti.
“Ānanda, you stay right here, while I plunge deep into the Great Wood for the day’s meditation.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
“Yes, sir,” Ānanda replied.
Atha kho bhagavā mahāvanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi.
Then the Buddha plunged deep into the Great Wood and sat at the root of a tree for the day’s meditation.
Atha kho tapusso gahapati yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho tapusso gahapati āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca:
Then the householder Tapussa went up to Venerable Ānanda, bowed, sat down to one side, and said to him:
“Mayaṃ, bhante ānanda, gihī kāmabhogino kāmārāmā kāmaratā kāmasammuditā.
“Sir, Ānanda, we are laypeople who enjoy sensual pleasures. We like sensual pleasures, we love them and take joy in them.
Tesaṃ no, bhante, amhākaṃ gihīnaṃ kāmabhogīnaṃ kāmārāmānaṃ kāmaratānaṃ kāmasammuditānaṃ papāto viya khāyati, yadidaṃ nekkhammaṃ.
But renunciation seems like an abyss.
Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante, ‘imasmiṃ dhammavinaye daharānaṃ daharānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ nekkhamme cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’.
I have heard that in this Dharma and training there are very young monks whose minds are eager for renunciation; they’re confident, settled, and decided about it. They see it as peaceful.
Tayidaṃ, bhante, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye bhikkhūnaṃ bahunā janena visabhāgo, yadidaṃ nekkhamman”ti.
Renunciation is the dividing line between between the multitude and the monks in this Dharma and training.”
“Atthi kho etaṃ, gahapati, kathāpābhataṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya.
“Householder, we should see the Buddha about this matter.
Āyāma, gahapati, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato etamatthaṃ ārocessāma.
Come, let’s go to the Buddha and inform him about this.
Yathā no bhagavā byākarissati tathā naṃ dhāressāmā”ti.
As he answers, so we’ll remember it.”
“Evaṃ, bhante”ti kho tapusso gahapati āyasmato ānandassa paccassosi.
“Yes, sir,” replied Tapussa.
Atha kho āyasmā ānando tapussena gahapatinā saddhiṃ yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca:
Then Ānanda together with Tapussa went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Ānanda told him what had happened.
“Evametaṃ, ānanda, evametaṃ, ānanda.
“That’s so true, Ānanda! That’s so true!
Mayhampi kho, ānanda, pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etadahosi:
Before my awakening—when I was still unawakened but intent on awakening—I too thought:
‘sādhu nekkhammaṃ, sādhu paviveko’ti.
‘Renunciation is good! Seclusion is good!’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, nekkhamme cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
But my mind wasn’t eager for renunciation; it wasn’t confident, settled, and decided about it. I didn’t see it as peaceful.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me nekkhamme cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’?
‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind isn’t eager for renunciation, and not confident, settled, and decided about it? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘kāmesu kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca me abahulīkato, nekkhamme ca ānisaṃso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito.
‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of sensual pleasures, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of renunciation, and so I haven’t developed that.
Tasmā me nekkhamme cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’.
That’s why my mind isn’t eager for renunciation, and not confident, settled, and decided about it. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘sace kho ahaṃ kāmesu ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulaṃ kareyyaṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṃ,
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of sensual pleasures, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of renunciation, I were to develop that.
ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ me nekkhamme cittaṃ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṃ santanti passato’.
It’s possible that my mind would be eager for renunciation; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, aparena samayena kāmesu ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulamakāsiṃ, nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseviṃ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of sensual pleasures and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of renunciation and developed that.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, nekkhamme cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
Then my mind was eager for renunciation; it was confident, settled, and decided about it. I saw it as peaceful.
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures, judiciously-secluded from unskillful Dharmas, I entered and remained in the first jhāna, which has the mental-joy and pleasure born of seclusion, while directing-thought and evaluation.

(impure first jhāna: interrupted by impure perceptions)

Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato kāmasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
While I was in that meditation, perceptions and attentions accompanied by sensual pleasures beset me, and that was an affliction for me.
Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa me kāmasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
In the same way, when perceptions and attentions accompanied by sensual pleasures beset me, that was an affliction for me.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘yannūnāhaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, as the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled … enter and remain in the second jhāna?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, avitakke cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
But my mind wasn’t eager to stop thinking; it wasn’t confident, settled, and decided about it. I didn’t see it as peaceful.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me avitakke cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’?
‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind isn’t eager to stop thinking, and not confident, settled, and decided about it? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘vitakkesu kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca me abahulīkato, avitakke ca ānisaṃso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito.
‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of thinking, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of not thinking, and so I haven’t developed that.
Tasmā me avitakke cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’.
That’s why my mind isn’t eager to stop thinking, and not confident, settled, and decided about it. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘sace kho ahaṃ vitakkesu ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulaṃ kareyyaṃ, avitakke ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṃ, ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ me avitakke cittaṃ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṃ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of thinking, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of not thinking, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would be eager to stop thinking; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, aparena samayena vitakkesu ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulamakāsiṃ, avitakke ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseviṃ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of thinking and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of not thinking and developed that.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, avitakke cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
Then my mind was eager to stop thinking; it was confident, settled, and decided about it. I saw it as peaceful.
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, as the directed-thought and evaluation were stilled … I was entering and remaining in the second jhāna.

(impure second jhāna: interrupted by impure perceptions of thoughts)

Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato vitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
While I was in that meditation, perceptions and attentions accompanied by directing-thought beset me, and that was an affliction for me.
Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa me vitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
In the same way, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by directed-thought and evaluation beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘yannūnāhaṃ pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca vihareyyaṃ sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeyyaṃ yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti—upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, with the fading away of mental-joy, enter and remain in the third jhāna, where I will meditate with equanimous-observation, rememberful and aware, personally experiencing pleasure with the flesh and blood physical body of which the noble ones declare, “Equanimous and rememberful, one meditates in pleasure”?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, nippītike cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
But my mind wasn’t eager for freedom from mental-joy; it wasn’t confident, settled, and decided about it. I didn’t see it as peaceful.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me nippītike cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’?
‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind isn’t eager for freedom from mental-joy, and not confident, settled, and decided about it? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘pītiyā kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca me abahulīkato, nippītike ca ānisaṃso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito.
‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of mental-joy, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of freedom from mental-joy, and so I haven’t developed that.
Tasmā me nippītike cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’.
That’s why my mind isn’t eager for freedom from mental-joy, and not confident, settled, and decided about it. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘sace kho ahaṃ pītiyā ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulaṃ kareyyaṃ, nippītike ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṃ, ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ me nippītike cittaṃ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṃ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of mental-joy, I were to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of freedom from mental-joy, I were to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would be eager to be free from mental-joy; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, aparena samayena pītiyā ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulamakāsiṃ, nippītike ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseviṃ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of mental-joy and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of freedom from mental-joy and developed that.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, nippītike cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
Then my mind was eager for freedom from mental-joy; it was confident, settled, and decided about it. I saw it as peaceful.
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, pītiyā ca virāgā … pe … tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, with the fading away of mental-joy … I was entering and remaining in the third jhāna.

(impure third jhāna: interrupted by impure perceptions of rapture)

Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato pītisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
While I was in that meditation, perceptions and attentions accompanied by mental-joy beset me, and that was an affliction for me.
Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa me pītisahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
In the same way, when perceptions and attentions accompanied by mental-joy beset me, that was an affliction for me.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘yannūnāhaṃ sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, with the giving up of pleasure and pain, and the ending of former happiness and sadness, enter and remain in the fourth jhāna, without pleasure or pain, with pure equanimous-observation and remembering?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, adukkhamasukhe cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
But my mind wasn’t eager to be without pleasure and pain; it wasn’t confident, settled, and decided about it. I didn’t see it as peaceful.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me adukkhamasukhe cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’?
‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind isn’t eager to be without pleasure and pain, and not confident, settled, and decided about it? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘upekkhāsukhe kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca me abahulīkato, adukkhamasukhe ca ānisaṃso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito.
‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of equanimous pleasure, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of being without pleasure and pain, and so I haven’t developed that.
Tasmā me adukkhamasukhe cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’.
That’s why my mind isn’t eager to be without pleasure and pain, and not confident, settled, and decided about it. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘sace kho ahaṃ upekkhāsukhe ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulaṃ kareyyaṃ, adukkhamasukhe ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṃ, ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ me adukkhamasukhe cittaṃ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṃ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of equanimous pleasure, I was to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of being without pleasure and pain, I was to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would be eager to be without pleasure and pain; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, aparena samayena upekkhāsukhe ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulamakāsiṃ adukkhamasukhe ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseviṃ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of equanimous pleasure and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of being without pleasure and pain and developed that.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, adukkhamasukhe cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
Then my mind was eager to be without pleasure and pain; it was confident, settled, and decided about it. I saw it as peaceful.
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, sukhassa ca pahānā … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, giving up pleasure and pain … I was entering and remaining in the fourth jhāna.

(impure fourth jhāna: interrupted by impure perceptions)

Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato upekkhāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
While I was in that meditation, perceptions and attentions accompanied by equanimous pleasure beset me, and that was an affliction for me.
Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa me upekkhāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
In the same way, when perceptions and attentions accompanied by equanimous pleasure beset me, that was an affliction for me.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘yannūnāhaṃ sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā “ananto ākāso”ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that “space is infinite”, enter and remain in the dimension of infinite space?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, ākāsānañcāyatane cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
But my mind wasn’t eager for the dimension of infinite space; it wasn’t confident, settled, and decided about it. I didn’t see it as peaceful.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me ākāsānañcāyatane cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’?
‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind isn’t eager for the dimension of infinite space, and not confident, settled, and decided about it? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘rūpesu kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca abahulīkato, ākāsānañcāyatane ca ānisaṃso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito.
‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of forms, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of the dimension of infinite space, and so I haven’t developed that.
Tasmā me ākāsānañcāyatane cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’.
That’s why my mind isn’t eager for the dimension of infinite space, and not confident, settled, and decided about it. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘sace kho ahaṃ rūpesu ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulaṃ kareyyaṃ, ākāsānañcāyatane ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṃ, ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ me ākāsānañcāyatane cittaṃ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṃ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of forms, I was to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of the dimension of infinite space, I was to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would be eager for the dimension of infinite space; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, aparena samayena rūpesu ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulamakāsiṃ, ākāsānañcāyatane ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseviṃ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of forms and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of the dimension of infinite space and developed that.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, ākāsānañcāyatane cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
Then my mind was eager for the dimension of infinite space; it was confident, settled, and decided about it. I saw it as peaceful.
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, I was entering and remaining in the dimension of infinite space.

(impure jhāna: interrupted by impure perceptions)

Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato rūpasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
While I was in that meditation, perceptions and attentions accompanied by forms beset me, and that was an affliction for me.
Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa me rūpasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
In the same way, when perceptions and attentions accompanied by forms beset me, that was an affliction for me.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘yannūnāhaṃ sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma “anantaṃ viññāṇan”ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that “consciousness is infinite”, enter and remain in the dimension of infinite consciousness?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, viññāṇañcāyatane cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
But my mind wasn’t eager for the dimension of infinite consciousness; it wasn’t confident, settled, and decided about it. I didn’t see it as peaceful.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me viññāṇañcāyatane cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’?
‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind isn’t eager for the dimension of infinite consciousness, and not confident, settled, and decided about it? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘ākāsānañcāyatane kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca abahulīkato, viññāṇañcāyatane ca ānisaṃso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito.
‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite space, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of the dimension of infinite consciousness, and so I haven’t developed that.
Tasmā me viññāṇañcāyatane cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’.
That’s why my mind isn’t eager for the dimension of infinite consciousness, and not confident, settled, and decided about it. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘sace kho ahaṃ ākāsānañcāyatane ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulaṃ kareyyaṃ, viññāṇañcāyatane ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṃ, ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ me viññāṇañcāyatane cittaṃ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṃ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite space, I was to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of the dimension of infinite consciousness, I was to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would be eager for the dimension of infinite consciousness; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, aparena samayena ākāsānañcāyatane ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulamakāsiṃ, viññāṇañcāyatane ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseviṃ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite space and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of the dimension of infinite consciousness and developed that.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, viññāṇañcāyatane cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
Then my mind was eager for the dimension of infinite consciousness; it was confident, settled, and decided about it. I saw it as peaceful.
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, I was entering and remaining in the dimension of infinite consciousness.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
While I was in that meditation, perceptions and attentions accompanied by the dimension of infinite space beset me, and that was an affliction for me.
Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa me ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
In the same way, should perceptions and attentions accompanied by the dimension of infinite space beset them, that’s an affliction for them.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘yannūnāhaṃ sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma “natthi kiñcī”ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that “there is nothing at all”, enter and remain in the dimension of nothingness?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, ākiñcaññāyatane cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
But my mind wasn’t eager for the dimension of nothingness; it wasn’t confident, settled, and decided about it. I didn’t see it as peaceful.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me ākiñcaññāyatane cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’?
‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind isn’t eager for the dimension of nothingness, and not confident, settled, and decided about it? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘viññāṇañcāyatane kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca me abahulīkato, ākiñcaññāyatane ca ānisaṃso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito.
‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite consciousness, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of the dimension of nothingness, and so I haven’t developed that.
Tasmā me ākiñcaññāyatane cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’.
That’s why my mind isn’t eager for the dimension of nothingness, and not confident, settled, and decided about it. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘sace kho ahaṃ viññāṇañcāyatane ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulaṃ kareyyaṃ, ākiñcaññāyatane ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṃ, ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ me ākiñcaññāyatane cittaṃ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṃ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite consciousness, I was to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of the dimension of nothingness, I was to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would be eager for the dimension of nothingness; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, aparena samayena viññāṇañcāyatane ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulamakāsiṃ, ākiñcaññāyatane ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseviṃ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of the dimension of infinite consciousness and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of the dimension of nothingness and developed that.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, ākiñcaññāyatane cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
Then my mind was eager for the dimension of nothingness; it was confident, settled, and decided about it. I saw it as peaceful.
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that “there is nothing at all”, I was entering and remaining in the dimension of nothingness.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
While I was in that meditation, perceptions and attentions accompanied by the dimension of infinite consciousness beset me, and that was an affliction for me.
Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa me viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
In the same way, when perceptions and attentions accompanied by the dimension of infinite consciousness beset me, that was an affliction for me.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘yannūnāhaṃ sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, enter and remain in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, nevasaññānāsaññāyatane cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
But my mind wasn’t eager for the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception; it wasn’t confident, settled, and decided about it. I didn’t see it as peaceful.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo, yena me nevasaññānāsaññāyatane cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’?
‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind isn’t eager for the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, and not confident, settled, and decided about it? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘ākiñcaññāyatane kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca me abahulīkato, nevasaññānāsaññāyatane ca ānisaṃso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito.
‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of the dimension of nothingness, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, and so I haven’t developed that.
Tasmā me nevasaññānāsaññāyatane cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’.
That’s why my mind isn’t eager for the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, and not confident, settled, and decided about it. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘sace kho ahaṃ ākiñcaññāyatane ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulaṃ kareyyaṃ, nevasaññānāsaññāyatane ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṃ, ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ me nevasaññānāsaññāyatane cittaṃ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṃ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of the dimension of nothingness, I was to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, I was to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would be eager for the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, aparena samayena ākiñcaññāyatane ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulamakāsiṃ, nevasaññānāsaññāyatane ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseviṃ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of the dimension of nothingness and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception and developed that.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, nevasaññānāsaññāyatane cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
Then my mind was eager for the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception; it was confident, settled, and decided about it. I saw it as peaceful.
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharāmi.
And so, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, I was entering and remaining in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, iminā vihārena viharato ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
While I was in that meditation, perceptions and attentions accompanied by the dimension of nothingness beset me, and that was an affliction for me.
Seyyathāpi, ānanda, sukhino dukkhaṃ uppajjeyya yāvadeva ābādhāya;
Suppose a happy person were to experience pain; that would be an affliction for them.
evamevassa me ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti. Svassa me hoti ābādho.
In the same way, when perceptions and attentions accompanied by the dimension of nothingness beset me, that was an affliction for me.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘yannūnāhaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja vihareyyan’ti.
‘Why don’t I, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, enter and remain in the cessation of perception and feeling?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, saññāvedayitanirodhe cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
But my mind wasn’t eager for the cessation of perception and feeling; it wasn’t confident, settled, and decided about it. I didn’t see it as peaceful.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yena me saññāvedayitanirodhe cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’?
‘What is the cause, what is the reason why my mind isn’t eager for the cessation of perception and feeling, and not confident, settled, and decided about it? Why don’t I see it as peaceful?’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘nevasaññānāsaññāyatane kho me ādīnavo adiṭṭho, so ca me abahulīkato, saññāvedayitanirodhe ca ānisaṃso anadhigato, so ca me anāsevito.
‘I haven’t seen the drawbacks of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, and so I haven’t cultivated that. I haven’t realized the benefits of the cessation of perception and feeling, and so I haven’t developed that.
Tasmā me saññāvedayitanirodhe cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato’.
That’s why my mind isn’t eager for the cessation of perception and feeling, and not confident, settled, and decided about it. And it’s why I don’t see it as peaceful.’
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi:
Then I thought:
‘sace kho ahaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatane ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulaṃ kareyyaṃ, saññāvedayitanirodhe ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseveyyaṃ, ṭhānaṃ kho panetaṃ vijjati yaṃ me saññāvedayitanirodhe cittaṃ pakkhandeyya pasīdeyya santiṭṭheyya vimucceyya etaṃ santanti passato’.
‘Suppose that, seeing the drawbacks of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, I was to cultivate that. And suppose that, realizing the benefits of the cessation of perception and feeling, I was to develop that. It’s possible that my mind would be eager for cessation of perception and feeling; it would be confident, settled, and decided about it. And I would see it as peaceful.’
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, aparena samayena nevasaññānāsaññāyatane ādīnavaṃ disvā taṃ bahulamakāsiṃ, saññāvedayitanirodhe ānisaṃsaṃ adhigamma tamāseviṃ.
And so, after some time, I saw the drawbacks of the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception and cultivated that, and I realized the benefits of the cessation of perception and feeling and developed that.
Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, saññāvedayitanirodhe cittaṃ pakkhandati pasīdati santiṭṭhati vimuccati etaṃ santanti passato.
Then my mind was eager for the cessation of perception and feeling; it was confident, settled, and decided about it. I saw it as peaceful.
So kho ahaṃ, ānanda, sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharāmi, paññāya ca me disvā āsavā parikkhayaṃ agamaṃsu.
And so, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, I was entering and remaining in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, my defilements were ended.
Yāvakīvañcāhaṃ, ānanda, imā nava anupubbavihārasamāpattiyo na evaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ samāpajjimpi vuṭṭhahimpi, neva tāvāhaṃ, ānanda, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṃ.
As long as I hadn’t entered into and withdrawn from these nine progressive meditative attainments in both forward and reverse order, I didn’t announce my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.
Yato ca kho ahaṃ, ānanda, imā nava anupubbavihārasamāpattiyo evaṃ anulomapaṭilomaṃ samāpajjimpi vuṭṭhahimpi, athāhaṃ, ānanda, sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya ‘anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti paccaññāsiṃ.
But when I had entered into and withdrawn from these nine progressive meditative attainments in both forward and reverse order, I announced my supreme perfect awakening in this world with its gods, Māras, and Brahmās, this population with its ascetics and brahmins, its gods and humans.
Ñāṇañca pana me dassanaṃ udapādi:
Knowledge and vision arose in me:
‘akuppā me cetovimutti, ayamantimā jāti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’”ti.
‘My freedom is unshakable; this is my last rebirth; now there are no more future lives.’”

9..5.. - AN 9 vagga 5 Sāmañña: Similarity

5. Sāmaññavagga
5. Similarity

9.42 - AN 9.42 Sambādha: Cramped

42. Sambādhasutta
42. Cramped
Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ānando kosambiyaṃ viharati ghositārāme.
At one time Venerable Ānanda was staying near Kosambi, in Ghosita’s Monastery.
Atha kho āyasmā udāyī yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ sammodi.
Then Venerable Udāyī went up to Venerable Ānanda and exchanged greetings with him.
Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā udāyī āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca:
When the greetings and polite conversation were over, he sat down to one side and said to Ānanda:
“vuttamidaṃ, āvuso, pañcālacaṇḍena devaputtena:
“Reverend, this was said by the god Pañcālacaṇḍa:
‘Sambādhe gataṃ okāsaṃ,
‘The opening amid confinement
Avidvā bhūrimedhaso;
was discovered by the Buddha of vast intelligence,
Yo jhānamabujjhi buddho,
who woke up to jhāna,
Paṭilīnanisabho munī’ti.
the sage, the solitary bull.’
Katamo, āvuso, sambādho, katamo sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā”ti?
But what is confinement, and what is the opening amid confinement that the Buddha spoke of?”
“Pañcime, āvuso, kāmaguṇā sambādho vutto bhagavatā.
“Reverend, these five kinds of sensual stimulation are called ‘confinement’ by the Buddha.
Katame pañca?
What five?
Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā,
Sights known by the eye that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.
sotaviññeyyā saddā … pe …
Sounds known by the ear …
ghānaviññeyyā gandhā …
Smells known by the nose …
jivhāviññeyyā rasā …
Tastes known by the tongue …
kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā.
Touches known by the body that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.
Ime kho, āvuso, pañca kāmaguṇā sambādho vutto bhagavatā.
These are the five kinds of sensual stimulation that are called ‘confinement’ by the Buddha.
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Now, take a monk who, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures … attains and lives in the first jhāna.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.
To this extent the Buddha spoke of creating an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense.
Tatrāpatthi sambādho.
But it is still confined.
Kiñca tattha sambādho?
Confined by what?
Yadeva tattha vitakkavicārā aniruddhā honti, ayamettha sambādho.
Whatever directed-thought and evaluation has not ceased is the confinement there.
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, take a monk who, as the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled … attains and lives in the second jhāna.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.
To this extent the Buddha spoke of creating an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense.
Tatrāpatthi sambādho.
But it is still confined.
Kiñca tattha sambādho?
Confined by what?
Yadeva tattha pīti aniruddhā hoti, ayamettha sambādho.
Whatever mental-joy has not ceased is the confinement there.
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā … pe … tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, take a monk who, with the fading away of mental-joy … attains and lives in the third jhāna.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.
To this extent the Buddha spoke of creating an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense.
Tatrāpatthi sambādho.
But it is still confined.
Kiñca tattha sambādho?
Confined by what?
Yadeva tattha upekkhāsukhaṃ aniruddhaṃ hoti, ayamettha sambādho.
Whatever equanimous pleasure has not ceased is the confinement there.
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā … pe … catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, take a monk who, giving up pleasure and pain … attains and lives in the fourth jhāna.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.
To this extent the Buddha spoke of creating an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense.
Tatrāpatthi sambādho.
But it is still confined.
Kiñca tattha sambādho?
Confined by what?
Yadeva tattha rūpasaññā aniruddhā hoti, ayamettha sambādho.
Whatever perception of forms has not ceased is the confinement there.
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, attains and lives in the dimension of infinite space.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.
To this extent the Buddha spoke of creating an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense.
Tatrāpatthi sambādho.
But it is still confined.
Kiñca tattha sambādho?
Confined by what?
Yadeva tattha ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā aniruddhā hoti, ayamettha sambādho.
Whatever perception of the dimension of infinite space has not ceased is the confinement there.
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, a monk, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite space, aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’, attains and lives in the dimension of infinite consciousness.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.
To this extent the Buddha spoke of creating an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense.
Tatrāpatthi sambādho.
But it is still confined.
Kiñca tattha sambādho?
Confined by what?
Yadeva tattha viññāṇañcāyatanasaññā aniruddhā hoti, ayamettha sambādho.
Whatever perception of the dimension of infinite consciousness has not ceased is the confinement there.
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, a monk, going totally beyond the dimension of infinite consciousness, aware that ‘there is nothing at all’, attains and lives in the dimension of nothingness.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.
To this extent the Buddha spoke of creating an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense.
Tatrāpatthi sambādho.
But it is still confined.
Kiñca tattha sambādho?
Confined by what?
Yadeva tattha ākiñcaññāyatanasaññā aniruddhā hoti, ayamettha sambādho.
Whatever perception of the dimension of nothingness has not ceased is the confinement there.
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of nothingness, attains and lives in the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena.
To this extent the Buddha spoke of creating an opening amid confinement in a qualified sense.
Tatrāpatthi sambādho.
But it is still confined.
Kiñca tattha sambādho?
Confined by what?
Yadeva tattha nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññā aniruddhā hoti, ayamettha sambādho.
Whatever perception of neither perception nor non-perception has not ceased is the confinement there.
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, attains and lives in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sambādhe okāsādhigamo vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.
To this extent the Buddha spoke of creating an opening amid confinement in a definitive sense.”

9.43 - AN 9.43 Kāyasakkhī: A Direct Witness

43. Kāyasakkhīsutta
43. A Direct Witness
“‘Kāyasakkhī, kāyasakkhī’ti, āvuso, vuccati.
“Reverend, they speak of a person called ‘direct witness’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā”ti?
What is the direct witness that the Buddha spoke of?”
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
“First, take a monk who, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures … attains and lives in the first jhāna.
Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṃ tathā tathā naṃ kāyena phusitvā viharati.
They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena. (1)
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the direct witness in a qualified sense.
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā … pe … dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ …
Furthermore, take a monk who, as the directed-thought and evaluation are stilled, attains and lives in the second jhāna …
tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ …
third jhāna …
catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
fourth jhāna.
Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṃ tathā tathā naṃ kāyena phusitvā viharati.
They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena. (2–4.)
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the direct witness in a qualified sense.
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond perceptions of form, with the ending of perceptions of impingement, not focusing on perceptions of diversity, aware that ‘space is infinite’, attains and lives in the dimension of infinite space.
Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṃ tathā tathā naṃ kāyena phusitvā viharati.
They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena … pe …. (5–8.)
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the direct witness in a qualified sense. Furthermore, take a monk who attains and lives in the dimension of infinite consciousness … nothingness … neither perception nor non-perception …
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, attains and lives in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.
Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṃ tathā tathā naṃ kāyena phusitvā viharati.
They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, kāyasakkhī vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti. (9)
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the direct witness in a definitive sense.”

9.44 - AN 9.44 Paññāvimutta: Freed by Wisdom

44. Paññāvimuttasutta
44. Freed by Wisdom
“‘Paññāvimutto, paññāvimutto’ti, āvuso, vuccati.
“Reverend, they speak of a person called ‘freed by wisdom’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, paññāvimutto vutto bhagavatā”ti?
What is the one freed by wisdom that the Buddha spoke of?”
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati,
“First, take a monk who, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures … attains and lives in the first jhāna.
paññāya ca naṃ pajānāti.
And they understand that with wisdom.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, paññāvimutto vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena … pe ….
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed by wisdom in a qualified sense. …
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti,
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, attains and lives in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.
paññāya ca naṃ pajānāti.
And they understand that with wisdom.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, paññāvimutto vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed by wisdom in a definitive sense.”

9.45 - AN 9.45 Ubhatobhāgavimutta: Freed Both Ways

45. Ubhatobhāgavimuttasutta
45. Freed Both Ways
“‘Ubhatobhāgavimutto, ubhatobhāgavimutto’ti, āvuso, vuccati.
“Reverend, they speak of a person called ‘freed both ways’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, ubhatobhāgavimutto vutto bhagavatā”ti?
What is the one freed both ways that the Buddha spoke of?”
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
“First, take a monk who, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures … attains and lives in the first jhāna.
Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṃ tathā tathā naṃ kāyena phusitvā viharati, paññāya ca naṃ pajānāti.
They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way. And they understand that with wisdom.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ubhatobhāgavimutto vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena … pe ….
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed both ways in a qualified sense. …
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, attains and lives in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.
Yathā yathā ca tadāyatanaṃ tathā tathā naṃ kāyena phusitvā viharati, paññāya ca naṃ pajānāti.
They meditate directly experiencing that dimension in every way. And they understand that with wisdom.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, ubhatobhāgavimutto vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.
To this extent the Buddha spoke of the one freed both ways in a definitive sense.”

9.46 - AN 9.46 Sandiṭṭhikadhamma: In This Very Life

46. Sandiṭṭhikadhammasutta
46. In This Very Life
“‘Sandiṭṭhiko dhammo, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo’ti, āvuso, vuccati.
“Reverend, they speak of ‘a teaching realizable in this very life’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā”ti?
In what way did the Buddha speak of a teaching realizable in this very life?”
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
“First, take a monk who, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures … attains and lives in the first jhāna.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena … pe ….
To this extent the Buddha spoke of The Dharma realizable in this very life in a qualified sense. …
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, attains and lives in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhiko dhammo vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.
To this extent the Buddha spoke of The Dharma realizable in this very life in a definitive sense.”

9.47 - AN 9.47 Sandiṭṭhikanibbāna: nirvāṇa Is Realizable In This Very Life

47. Sandiṭṭhikanibbānasutta
47. nirvāṇa Is Realizable In This Very Life
“‘Sandiṭṭhikaṃ nibbānaṃ, sandiṭṭhikaṃ nibbānan’ti, āvuso, vuccati.
“Reverend, they say that ‘nirvāṇa is realizable in this very life’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhikaṃ nibbānaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā”ti?
In what way did the Buddha say nirvāṇa is realizable in this very life?”
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
“First, take a monk who, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures … attains and lives in the first jhāna.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhikaṃ nibbānaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā pariyāyena … pe ….
To this extent the Buddha said that nirvāṇa is realizable in this very life in a qualified sense. …
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, attains and lives in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, sandiṭṭhikaṃ nibbānaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.
To this extent the Buddha said that nirvāṇa is realizable in this very life in a definitive sense.”

9.48 - AN 9.48 Nibbāna: nirvāṇa

48. Nibbānasutta
48. nirvāṇa
“‘Nibbānaṃ, nibbānan’ti, āvuso, vuccati … pe ….
“Reverend, they speak of ‘nirvāṇa’. …”

9.49 - AN 9.49 Parinibbāna: Final nirvāṇa

49. Parinibbānasutta
49. Final nirvāṇa
“‘Parinibbānaṃ, parinibbānan’ti … pe ….
“Reverend, they speak of ‘final nirvāṇa’. …”

9.50 - AN 9.50 Tadaṅganibbāna: nirvāṇa in a Certain Respect

50. Tadaṅganibbānasutta
50. nirvāṇa in a Certain Respect
“‘Tadaṅganibbānaṃ, tadaṅganibbānan’ti, āvuso, vuccati … pe ….
“Reverend, they speak of ‘nirvāṇa in a certain respect’. …”

9.51 - AN 9.51 Diṭṭhadhammanibbāna: nirvāṇa in the Present Life

51. Diṭṭhadhammanibbānasutta
51. nirvāṇa in the Present Life
“‘Diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ diṭṭhadhammanibbānan’ti, āvuso, vuccati.
“Reverend, they speak of ‘nirvāṇa in the present life’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā”ti?
In what way did the Buddha speak of nirvāṇa in the present life?”
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
“First, take a monk who, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures … attains and lives in the first jhāna.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā pariyāyena … pe ….
To this extent the Buddha spoke of nirvāṇa in the present life in a qualified sense. …
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, attains and lives in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, diṭṭhadhammanibbānaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.
To this extent the Buddha spoke of nirvāṇa in the present life in a definitive sense.”
Aṅguttara Nikāya 9
Numbered Discourses 9

9..6.. - AN 9 vagga 6 Khema: A Safe Place

6. Khemavagga
6. A Safe Place

9.52 - AN 9.52 Khema: A Safe Place

52. Khemasutta
52. A Safe Place
“‘Khemaṃ, kheman’ti, āvuso, vuccati.
“Reverend, they speak of ‘a safe place’.
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, khemaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā”ti?
In what way did the Buddha speak of a safe place?”
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
“First, take a monk who, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures … attains and lives in the first jhāna.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, khemaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā pariyāyena … pe ….
To this extent the Buddha spoke of a safe place in a qualified sense. …
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, attains and lives in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, khemaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.
To this extent the Buddha spoke of a safe place in a definitive sense.”

9.53 - AN 9.53 Khemappatta: Reaching a Safe Place

53. Khemappattasutta
53. Reaching a Safe Place
“‘Khemappatto, khemappatto’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….
“Reverend, they speak of ‘reaching a safe place’. …”

9.54 - AN 9.54 Amata: The Deathless

54. Amatasutta
54. The Deathless
“‘Amataṃ, amatan’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….
“Reverend, they speak of ‘the deathless’. …”

9.55 - AN 9.55 Amatappatta: Reaching the Deathless

55. Amatappattasutta
55. Reaching the Deathless
“‘Amatappatto, amatappatto’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….
“Reverend, they speak of ‘reaching the deathless’. …”

9.56 - AN 9.56 Abhaya: A Place Without Fear

56. Abhayasutta
56. A Place Without Fear
“‘Abhayaṃ, abhayan’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….
“Reverend, they speak of ‘a place without fear’. …”

9.57 - AN 9.57 Abhayappatta: Reaching a Place Without Fear

57. Abhayappattasutta
57. Reaching a Place Without Fear
“‘Abhayappatto, abhayappatto’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….
“Reverend, they speak of ‘reaching a place without fear’. …”

9.58 - AN 9.58 Passaddhi: pacification

58. Passaddhisutta
58. pacification
“‘Passaddhi, passaddhī’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….
“Reverend, they speak of ‘pacification’. …”

9.59 - AN 9.59 Anupubbapassaddhi: Progressive pacification

59. Anupubbapassaddhisutta
59. Progressive pacification
“‘Anupubbapassaddhi, anupubbapassaddhī’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….
“Reverend, they speak of ‘progressive pacification’. …”

9.60 - AN 9.60 Nirodha: Cessation

60. Nirodhasutta
60. Cessation
“‘Nirodho, nirodho’ti, āvuso, vuccati ….
“Reverend, they speak of ‘cessation’. …”

9.61 - AN 9.61 Anupubbanirodha: Progressive Cessation

61. Anupubbanirodhasutta
61. Progressive Cessation
“‘Anupubbanirodho, anupubbanirodho’ti, āvuso, vuccati.
“Reverend, they speak of ‘progressive cessation’. …
Kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, anupubbanirodho vutto bhagavatā”ti?
What is the progressive cessation that the Buddha spoke of?”
“Idhāvuso, bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi … pe … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
“First, take a monk who, judiciously-secluded from sensual pleasures … attains and lives in the first jhāna.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, anupubbanirodho vutto bhagavatā pariyāyena … pe ….
To this extent the Buddha spoke of progressive cessation in a qualified sense.
Puna caparaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, paññāya cassa disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā honti.
Furthermore, take a monk who, going totally beyond the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, attains and lives in the cessation of perception and feeling. And, having seen with wisdom, their defilements come to an end.
Ettāvatāpi kho, āvuso, anupubbanirodho vutto bhagavatā nippariyāyenā”ti.
To this extent the Buddha spoke of progressive cessation in a definitive sense.”

9.62 - AN 9.62 Abhabba: Requirements for Perfection

62. Abhabbasutta
62. Requirements for Perfection
“Nava, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo arahattaṃ sacchikātuṃ.
“monks, without giving up nine things you can’t realize perfection.
Katame nava?
What nine?
Rāgaṃ, dosaṃ, mohaṃ, kodhaṃ, upanāhaṃ, makkhaṃ, paḷāsaṃ, issaṃ, macchariyaṃ—
Greed, hate, delusion, anger, hostility, offensiveness, contempt, jealousy, and stinginess.
ime kho, bhikkhave, nava dhamme appahāya abhabbo arahattaṃ sacchikātuṃ.
Without giving up these nine things you can’t realize perfection.
Nava, bhikkhave, dhamme pahāya bhabbo arahattaṃ sacchikātuṃ.
After giving up nine things you can realize perfection.
Katame nava?
What nine?
Rāgaṃ, dosaṃ, mohaṃ, kodhaṃ, upanāhaṃ, makkhaṃ, paḷāsaṃ, issaṃ, macchariyaṃ—
Greed, hate, delusion, anger, hostility, offensiveness, contempt, jealousy, and stinginess.
ime kho, bhikkhave, nava dhamme pahāya bhabbo arahattaṃ sacchikātun”ti.
After giving up these nine things you can realize the fruit of perfection.”
Aṅguttara Nikāya 9
Numbered Discourses 9

9..7.. - AN 9 vagga 7 Satipaṭṭhāna: rememberfulness Meditation

7. Satipaṭṭhānavagga
7. rememberfulness Meditation

9.63 - AN 9.63 Sikkhādubbalya: Weaknesses in Training and rememberfulness Meditation

63. Sikkhādubbalyasutta
63. Weaknesses in Training and rememberfulness Meditation
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, sikkhādubbalyāni.
“monks, there are these five weaknesses when you’re training.
Katamāni pañca?
What five?
Pāṇātipāto, adinnādānaṃ, kāmesumicchācāro, musāvādo, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ—
Killing living creatures, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and using alcoholic drinks that cause negligence.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca sikkhādubbalyāni.
These are the five weaknesses when you’re training.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ sikkhādubbalyānaṃ pahānāya cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā.
To give up these five weaknesses in your training you should develop the four kinds of rememberfulness meditation.
Katame cattāro?
What four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ;
It’s when a monk meditates by observing an aspect of the body—ardent, aware, and rememberful, rid of desire and aversion for the world.
vedanāsu … pe …
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings …
citte …
They meditate observing an aspect of the mind …
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ.
They meditate observing an aspect of dharmas—ardent, aware, and rememberful, rid of desire and aversion for the world.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ sikkhādubbalyānaṃ pahānāya ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.
To give up those five weaknesses in your training you should develop these four kinds of rememberfulness meditation.”

9.64 - AN 9.64 Nīvaraṇa: Hindrances

64. Nīvaraṇasutta
64. Hindrances
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, nīvaraṇāni.
“monks, there are these five hindrances.
Katamāni pañca?
What five?
Kāmacchandanīvaraṇaṃ, byāpādanīvaraṇaṃ, thinamiddhanīvaraṇaṃ, uddhaccakukkuccanīvaraṇaṃ, vicikicchānīvaraṇaṃ—
Sensual desire, ill will, dullness and drowsiness, restlessness and remorse, and doubt.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca nīvaraṇāni.
These are the five hindrances.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ pahānāya cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā.
To give up these five hindrances you should develop the four kinds of rememberfulness meditation.
Katame cattāro?
What four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ;
It’s when a monk meditates by observing an aspect of the body—ardent, aware, and rememberful, rid of desire and aversion for the world.
vedanāsu … pe …
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings …
citte …
They meditate observing an aspect of the mind …
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ.
They meditate observing an aspect of dharmas—ardent, aware, and rememberful, rid of desire and aversion for the world.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ pahānāya ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.
To give up those five hindrances you should develop these four kinds of rememberfulness meditation.”

9.65 - AN 9.65 Kāmaguṇa: Kinds of Sensual Stimulation

65. Kāmaguṇasutta
65. Kinds of Sensual Stimulation
“Pañcime, bhikkhave, kāmaguṇā.
“monks, there are these five kinds of sensual stimulation.
Katame pañca?
What five?
Cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā,
Sights known by the eye that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.
sotaviññeyyā saddā … pe …
Sounds known by the ear …
ghānaviññeyyā gandhā …
Smells known by the nose …
jivhāviññeyyā rasā …
Tastes known by the tongue …
kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā.
Touches known by the body that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca kāmaguṇā.
These are the five kinds of sensual stimulation.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ pahānāya … pe … ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.
To give up these five kinds of sensual stimulation you should develop the four kinds of rememberfulness meditation. …”

9.66 - AN 9.66 Upādānakkhandha: Grasping Aggregates

66. Upādānakkhandhasutta
66. Grasping Aggregates
“Pañcime, bhikkhave, upādānakkhandhā.
“monks, there are these five grasping aggregates.
Katame pañca?
What five?
Rūpupādānakkhandho, vedanupādānakkhandho, saññupādānakkhandho, saṅkhārupādānakkhandho, viññāṇupādānakkhandho—
The grasping aggregates of form, feeling, perception, co-activities, and consciousness.
ime kho, bhikkhave, pañcupādānakkhandhā.
These are the five grasping aggregates.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ pahānāya … pe … ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.
To give up these five grasping aggregates you should develop the four kinds of rememberfulness meditation. …”

9.67 - AN 9.67 Orambhāgiya: Lower Fetters

67. Orambhāgiyasutta
67. Lower Fetters
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni.
“monks, there are five lower fetters.
Katamāni pañca?
What five?
Sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso, kāmacchando, byāpādo—
Identity view, doubt, misapprehension of precepts and observances, sensual desire, and ill will.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañcorambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni.
These are the five lower fetters.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya … pe … ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.
To give up these five lower fetters you should develop the four kinds of rememberfulness meditation. …”

9.67 - AN 9.67 Orambhāgiya: Lower Fetters

67. Orambhāgiyasutta
67. Lower Fetters
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni.
“monks, there are five lower fetters.
Katamāni pañca?
What five?
Sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso, kāmacchando, byāpādo—
Identity view, doubt, misapprehension of precepts and observances, sensual desire, and ill will.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañcorambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni.
These are the five lower fetters.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya … pe … ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.
To give up these five lower fetters you should develop the four kinds of rememberfulness meditation. …”

9.68 - AN 9.68 Gati: Places of Rebirth

68. Gatisutta
68. Places of Rebirth
“Pañcimā, bhikkhave, gatiyo.
“monks, there are five destinations.
Katamā pañca?
What five?
Nirayo, tiracchānayoni, pettivisayo, manussā, devā—
Hell, the animal realm, the ghost realm, humanity, and the gods.
imā kho, bhikkhave, pañca gatiyo.
These are the five destinations.
Imāsaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ gatīnaṃ pahānāya … pe … ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.
To give up these five destinations you should develop the four kinds of rememberfulness meditation. …”

9.69 - AN 9.69 Macchariya: Stinginess

69. Macchariyasutta
69. Stinginess
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, macchariyāni.
“monks, there are these five kinds of stinginess.
Katamāni pañca?
What five?
Āvāsamacchariyaṃ, kulamacchariyaṃ, lābhamacchariyaṃ, vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ, dhammamacchariyaṃ—
Stinginess with dwellings, families, material possessions, praise, and The Dharma.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca macchariyāni.
These are the five kinds of stinginess.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ macchariyānaṃ pahānāya … pe … ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.
To give up these five kinds of stinginess you should develop the four kinds of rememberfulness meditation. …”

9.70 - AN 9.70 Uddhambhāgiya: Higher Fetters

70. Uddhambhāgiyasutta
70. Higher Fetters
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, uddhambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni.
“monks, there are five higher fetters.
Katamāni pañca?
What five?
Rūparāgo, arūparāgo, māno, uddhaccaṃ, avijjā—
Desire for rebirth in the realm of luminous form, desire to be reborn in the formless realm, conceit, restlessness, and ignorance.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañcuddhambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni.
These are the five higher fetters.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ uddhambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya … pe … ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.
To give up these five higher fetters you should develop the four kinds of rememberfulness meditation. …”

9.71 - AN 9.71 Cetokhila: Emotional Barrenness

71. Cetokhilasutta
71. Emotional Barrenness
“Pañcime, bhikkhave, cetokhilā.
“monks, there are these five kinds emotional barrenness.
Katame pañca?
What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati.
Firstly, a monk has doubts about the Teacher. They’re uncertain, undecided, and lacking confidence.
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati nādhimuccati na sampasīdati, tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya.
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward ardentness, commitment, persistence, and striving.
Yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṃ paṭhamo cetokhilo.
This is the first kind of emotional barrenness.
Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhamme kaṅkhati … pe …
Furthermore, a monk has doubts about The Dharma …
saṅghe kaṅkhati …
the Saṅgha …
sikkhāya kaṅkhati …
the training …
sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto.
A monk is angry and upset with their spiritual companions, resentful and closed off.
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya.
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward ardentness, commitment, persistence, and striving.
Yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṃ pañcamo cetokhilo.
This is the fifth kind of emotional barrenness.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ cetokhilānaṃ pahānāya … pe … ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.
To give up these five kinds of emotional barrenness you should develop the four kinds of rememberfulness meditation. …”

9.72 - AN 9.72 Cetasovinibandha: Emotional Shackles

72. Cetasovinibandhasutta
72. Emotional Shackles
“Pañcime, bhikkhave, cetasovinibandhā.
“monks, there are these five emotional shackles.
Katame pañca?
What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo hoti avigatacchando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigatataṇho.
Firstly, a monk isn’t free of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for sensual pleasures.
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo hoti avigatacchando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigatataṇho, tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya.
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward ardentness, commitment, persistence, and striving.
Yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṃ paṭhamo cetasovinibandho.
This is the first emotional shackle.
Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye avītarāgo hoti … pe …
Furthermore, a monk isn’t free of greed for the body …
rūpe avītarāgo hoti …
They’re not free of greed for form …
yāvadatthaṃ udarāvadehakaṃ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhaṃ passasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ anuyutto viharati …
They eat as much as they like until their bellies are full, then indulge in the pleasures of sleeping, lying, and drowsing …
aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṃ carati: ‘imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti.
They live the spiritual life wishing to be reborn in one of the orders of gods: ‘By this precept or observance or mortification or spiritual life, may I become one of the gods!’
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṃ carati: ‘imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vā’ti, tassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya.
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward ardentness, commitment, persistence, and striving.
Yassa cittaṃ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṃ pañcamo cetasovinibandho.
This is the fifth emotional shackle.
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca cetasovinibandhā.
These are the five emotional shackles.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ cetasovinibandhānaṃ pahānāya cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā.
To give up these five emotional shackles you should develop the four kinds of rememberfulness meditation.
Katame cattāro?
What four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ;
It’s when a monk meditates by observing an aspect of the body—ardent, aware, and rememberful, rid of desire and aversion for the world.
vedanāsu … pe …
They meditate observing an aspect of feelings …
citte …
They meditate observing an aspect of the mind …
dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ.
They meditate observing an aspect of dharmas—ardent, aware, and rememberful, rid of desire and aversion for the world.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ cetasovinibandhānaṃ pahānāya ime cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.
To give up those five emotional shackles you should develop these four kinds of rememberfulness meditation.”

9..8.. - AN 9 vagga 8 Sammappadhāna: Right Efforts

8. Sammappadhānavagga
8. Right Efforts

9.73 - AN 9.73 Sikkha: Weaknesses in Training and Effort

73. Sikkhasutta
73. Weaknesses in Training and Effort
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, sikkhādubbalyāni.
“monks, there are these five weaknesses when you’re training.
Katamāni pañca?
What five?
Pāṇātipāto … pe … surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ—
Killing living creatures, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and using alcoholic drinks that cause negligence.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca sikkhādubbalyāni.
These are the five weaknesses when you’re training.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ sikkhādubbalyānaṃ pahānāya cattāro sammappadhānā bhāvetabbā.
To give up these five weaknesses in your training you should develop the four right efforts.
Katame cattāro?
What four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati;
It’s when a monk generates enthusiasm, tries, makes an effort, exerts the mind, and strives so that bad, unskillful Dharmas don’t arise.
uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati;
They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that bad, unskillful Dharmas that have arisen are given up.
anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati;
They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful Dharmas arise.
uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati.
They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful Dharmas that have arisen remain, are not lost, but increase, mature, and are completed by development.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ sikkhādubbalyānaṃ pahānāya ime cattāro sammappadhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.
To give up those five weaknesses in your training you should develop these four right efforts.”

9.74 – AN 9.74, 81. Hindrances, etc. 74–​81. Nīvaraṇasuttādi

74–​81. Nīvaraṇasuttādi
74–81. Hindrances, etc.
(Yathā satipaṭṭhānavagge tathā sammappadhānavasena vitthāretabbā.)
(This should be expanded in detail as in the chapter on rememberfulness meditation.)

9.82 - AN 9.82 Cetasovinibandha: Emotional Shackles

82. Cetasovinibandhasutta
82. Emotional Shackles
“Pañcime, bhikkhave, cetasovinibandhā.
“monks, there are these five emotional shackles.
Katame pañca?
What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo hoti … pe …
Firstly, a monk isn’t free of greed, desire, fondness, thirst, passion, and craving for sensual pleasures. …
ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca cetasovinibandhā.
These are the five emotional shackles.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ cetasovinibandhānaṃ pahānāya cattāro sammappadhānā bhāvetabbā.
To give up these five emotional shackles you should develop the four right efforts.
Katame cattāro?
What four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati;
It’s when a monk generates enthusiasm, tries, makes an effort, exerts the mind, and strives so that bad, unskillful Dharmas don’t arise.
uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya …
so that unskillful Dharmas are given up …
anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya …
so that skillful Dharmas arise …
uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati.
They generate enthusiasm, try, make an effort, exert the mind, and strive so that skillful Dharmas that have arisen remain, are not lost, but increase, mature, and are completed by development.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ cetasovinibandhānaṃ pahānāya ime cattāro sammappadhānā bhāvetabbā”ti.
To give up those five emotional shackles you should develop these four right efforts.”

9..9.. - AN 9 vagga 9 Iddhipāda: Bases of Psychic Power

9. Iddhipādavagga
9. Bases of Psychic Power

9.83 - AN 9.83 Sikkha: Weaknesses in Training and the Bases of Psychic Power

83. Sikkhasutta
83. Weaknesses in Training and the Bases of Psychic Power
“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, sikkhādubbalyāni.
“monks, there are these five weaknesses when you’re training.
Katamāni pañca?
What five?
Pāṇātipāto … pe … surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānaṃ—
Killing living creatures, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and using alcoholic drinks that cause negligence.
imāni kho, bhikkhave, pañca sikkhādubbalyāni.
These are the five weaknesses when you’re training.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ sikkhādubbalyānaṃ pahānāya cattāro iddhipādā bhāvetabbā.
To give up these five weaknesses in your training you should develop the four bases of psychic power.
Katame cattāro?
What four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti,
It’s when a monk develops the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to enthusiasm, and active effort.
vīriyasamādhi …
They develop the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to vigor, and active effort.
cittasamādhi …
They develop the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to mental development, and active effort.
vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti.
They develop the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to inquiry, and active effort.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ sikkhādubbalyānaṃ pahānāya ime cattāro iddhipādā bhāvetabbā”ti.
To give up those five weaknesses in your training you should develop these four bases of psychic power.”
84–​91. Nīvaraṇasuttādi
84–91. Hindrances, etc.
(Yathā satipaṭṭhānavagge tathā iddhipādavasena vitthāretabbā.)
(This should be expanded in detail as in the chapter on rememberfulness meditation.)

9.92 - AN 9.92 Cetasovinibandha: Emotional Shackles

92. Cetasovinibandhasutta
92. Emotional Shackles
“Pañcime, bhikkhave, cetasovinibandhā.
“monks, there are these five emotional shackles.
Katame pañca?
What five?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāmesu avītarāgo hoti … pe …
Firstly, a monk isn’t free of greed for sensual pleasures. …
ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca cetasovinibandhā.
These are the five emotional shackles.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ cetasovinibandhānaṃ pahānāya ime cattāro iddhipādā bhāvetabbā.
To give up these five emotional shackles you should develop the four bases of psychic power.
Katame cattāro?
What four?
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti,
It’s when a monk develops the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to enthusiasm, and active effort.
vīriyasamādhi …
They develop the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to vigor, and active effort.
cittasamādhi …
They develop the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to mental development, and active effort.
vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti.
They develop the basis of psychic power that has undistractible-lucidity due to inquiry, and active effort.
Imesaṃ kho, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ cetasovinibandhānaṃ pahānāya ime cattāro iddhipādā bhāvetabbā”ti.
To give up those five emotional shackles you should develop these four bases of psychic power.”

9..10.. - AN 9 vagga 10 Rāgapeyyāla: Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed

10. Rāgapeyyālavagga
10. Abbreviated Texts Beginning with Greed
93
93
“Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya nava dhammā bhāvetabbā.
“For insight into greed, nine things should be developed.
Katame nava?
What nine?
Asubhasaññā, maraṇasaññā, āhāre paṭikūlasaññā, sabbaloke anabhiratasaññā, aniccasaññā, anicce dukkhasaññā, dukkhe anattasaññā, pahānasaññā, virāgasaññā—
The perceptions of ugliness, death, repulsiveness of food, dissatisfaction with the whole world, impermanence, suffering in impermanence, and not-self in suffering, giving up, and fading away.
rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime nava dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.
For insight into greed, these nine things should be developed.”
94
94
“Rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya nava dhammā bhāvetabbā.
“For insight into greed, nine things should be developed.
Katame nava?
What nine?
Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ, ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ, viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ, ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ, saññāvedayitanirodho—
The first jhāna, the second jhāna, the third jhāna, the fourth jhāna, the dimension of infinite space, the dimension of infinite consciousness, the dimension of nothingness, the dimension of neither perception nor non-perception, the cessation of perception and feeling.
rāgassa, bhikkhave, abhiññāya ime nava dhammā bhāvetabbā”ti.
For insight into greed, these nine things should be developed.”
95–​112
95–​112
“Rāgassa, bhikkhave, pariññāya … pe …
“For the complete understanding of greed …
parikkhayāya … pe …
complete ending …
pahānāya … pe …
giving up …
khayāya … pe …
ending …
vayāya … pe …
vanishing …
virāgāya … pe …
fading away …
nirodhāya … pe …
cessation …
cāgāya … pe …
giving away …
paṭinissaggāya … pe …
letting go of greed,
ime nava dhammā bhāvetabbā”.
these nine things should be developed.”


☸ Lucid 24.org 🐘🐾‍